Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Sonic Foundry Inc. / FY2011 Annual Report

Sonic Foundry Inc.
Annual Report 2011

SOFO · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker SOFO
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Sonic Foundry Inc.
Loading PDF…
©2012 Sonic Foundry, Inc. All rights reserved.  
Sonic Foundry and the Sonic Foundry logo are registered  
trademarks of Sonic Foundry, Inc. Mediasite and the Mediasite  
logo are registered trademarks of Sonic Foundry, Inc.  
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Fellow shareholders,

I joined Sonic Foundry as Chief  Executive Officer in April, having had the 
pleasure of  serving on its Board of  Directors for seven years. As a board 
member I have always been proud of  the award-winning Mediasite webcasting  
technology, and now at the helm, I have a newfound appreciation for the staff  
that brings this technology to life and to market. The unique corporate culture 
of  this dedicated, passionate team, coupled with the devoted client base they 
have nurtured, convinced me to join and lead them to even greater success 
than has been achieved to date.

2011 was a great year for the company and its clients:

   We achieved a greater position of  financial strength with continued, strong revenue growth and a  

strong balance sheet with significant cash generation and little debt.

  Our customer base swelled to over 2,400, with 1000 colleges and universities now relying on  
  Mediasite - more than any other lecture capture platform.

   The Mediasite Events team webcasted over 450 conferences and meetings, forging solid  
  partnerships with the most respected event production companies in the industry.

   We launched our most aggressive product release to date, Mediasite 6, which included the first and  
  broadest range of  live mobile streaming from a professional-grade webcasting appliance and rich  
  media management platform.

  Sonic Foundry was recognized in six Gartner hype cycles, and Mediasite was named Best Video  
  Capture, Publishing and Production Solution by Elearning! Magazine and Best Portable Live  
  Streaming Appliance by Streaming Media Magazine readers.

  Over sixty articles covered the company and Mediasite platform, including The Street and all of   

the leading education journals and meeting industry publications.

  Attendance at our fifth Annual UNLEASH Mediasite User Conference set records for both onsite  
  and online participants.

At our core, Sonic Foundry is about the business of  education, regardless of  the individual verticals we 
serve. In higher education, we provide colleges and universities with lecture capture, distance education 
and blended or online learning. In corporate and government, we make elearning, training and executive  
communications with global staff  possible. In the world of  meetings and conferences, we capture 
knowledge normally lost after a few days onsite to build enduring online archives for continuing education  
and professional development. But what is the common denominator in each? Education.

And there has never been a more exciting time in education:

  The ubiquity of  laptops, mobile devices and internet access means the delivery of  education and  

training is self-serve and always on, akin to the evolution we are currently seeing with entertainment  

  video, from broadcast to DVRs to mobile live and on-demand streaming.

  Our market is on the go and on-demand, with both students and workers expecting immediate  
  access to educational content regardless of  time or place.

 
 
 
  Budget cuts, travel bans and high fuel prices leave students, adult learners and workers seeking  
  alternatives to place-based learning at colleges and conferences, and studies have shown students  
  place a higher value on education that is complemented with lectures online.

  Rapidly changing job requirements, high turnover and re-training drive the need for blended/ 
  hybrid or fully online learning programs to support adults making career changes or seeking lifelong  

learning to advance their careers.

All indications are that the shifting economic winds will continue to challenge the present education 
delivery models and funding. Yet these trends, and the experts who monitor them, tell us we are well-
positioned to add meaningful value to the delivery, consumption and ultimate execution of  education. 
In spite of  all the economic uncertainty, our prospects are looking to technology, and specifically to 
Mediasite, to help them do more with less. They are investing in lecture capture and webcasting  
because technology like ours doesn’t impede their financial progress. It enhances it.

There is no question that we are the global leader in room-based lecture capture technology and mobile 
webcasting, having earned a decade of  awards and accolades for our technology. We are the architects 
of  the most efficient workflow for automating what was once an arduous and resource-intensive process 
to capture, deliver and manage video-based communications. We offer the most coveted interface for 
playing back those rich media presentations and the most sophisticated repository for securing and 
archiving them.

But we have the opportunity to do more.

In the new year, we will introduce new initiatives designed to accelerate revenue growth by:

  Making exciting new investments for applications involving HD, complex medical communications,  

student-centric viewing and harnessing the growing number of  orphaned video assets across  

  dispersed media in the enterprise.

  Expanding into adjacent market segments where we have an opportunity for minimum investment  
  and maximum return.

  Enhancing our leadership position to seize new opportunities presented by the class, meeting and  
training rooms of  the future, embracing the changing dynamics and media for collaboration,  
learning and working.

  Continuing to deliver outstanding customer service as we grow both the number of  customers  

served and the richness of  our products.

I look forward to sharing more information about these initiatives with you at the Annual Shareholders  
Meeting in March. I couldn’t be more optimistic about our vision as we look forward to providing 
greater value for our customers. Combined these initiatives should serve to improve the fundamentals 
of  the company, and that is the surest path to improving shareholder value in 2012 and beyond.

Gary Weis 
Chief  Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
SONIC FOUNDRY, INC. 
222 West Washington Avenue  
Madison, Wisconsin 53703 

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS 
To Be Held March 7, 2012 

The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of SONIC FOUNDRY, INC., a Maryland corporation (“Sonic”) will be held at 
the Monona Terrace Community and Convention Center, One John Nolen Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53703 on March 
7, 2012 at 9:00 a.m. local time, for the following purposes: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

To elect one director to hold office for a term of five years, and until his successor is duly elected and qualified. 

To  vote  on  a  Proposal  to  amend  the  2009 Stock  Incentive  Plan  to  increase  the  number  of  shares  of common 
stock subject to the plan by 600,000. 

To vote on a Proposal to amend the 2008 Sonic Foundry Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan to increase 
the number of shares of common stock subject to the plan by 50,000. 

To  ratify  the  appointment  of  Grant  Thornton  LLP  as  our  independent  auditors  for  the  fiscal  year  ending 
September 30, 2012. 

To transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournments thereof. 

All the above matters are more fully described in the accompanying Proxy Statement.   

Only holders of record of Common Stock at the close of business on January 12, 2012 are entitled to notice of, and to 
vote at, this meeting or any adjournment or adjournments thereof. 

Please complete and return the enclosed proxy in the envelope provided or follow the instructions on the proxy card to 
authorize a proxy by telephone or over the Internet, whether or not you intend to be present at the meeting in person. 

By Order of the Board of Directors, 

Madison, Wisconsin 
January 24, 2012   

Kenneth A. Minor 
Secretary 

  ───────────────────────────────────── 

If you cannot personally attend the meeting, it is earnestly requested that you promptly indicate your vote on 
the  issues  included  on  the  enclosed  proxy  and  date,  sign  and  mail  it  in  the  enclosed  self-addressed  envelope, 
which  requires  no  postage  if  mailed  in  the  United  States  or,  follow  the  instructions  on  the  proxy  card  to 
authorize a proxy by telephone or over the Internet.  Doing so will save us the expense of further mailings.  If 
you sign and return your proxy card without marking choices, your shares will be voted in accordance with the 
recommendations of the Board of Directors.  

───────────────────────────────────── 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank.)

SONIC FOUNDRY, INC. 
222 W. Washington Avenue 
Madison, Wisconsin 53703 

PROXY STATEMENT 

January 24, 2012 

The  Board  of  Directors  of  Sonic  Foundry,  Inc.,  a  Maryland  corporation  (“Sonic”),  hereby  solicits  the  enclosed 
proxy.  Unless instructed to the contrary on the proxy, it is the intention of the persons named in the proxy to vote 
the proxies:  

FOR the election of Michael H. Janowiak. as Director for a term expiring in 2017;  

FOR a Proposal to amend the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan to increase the number of common shares subject to the 
plan by 600,000;  

FOR a Proposal to amend the 2008 Sonic Foundry Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan to increase  the 
number of common shares subject to the plan by 50,000; and  

FOR the ratification of the appointment of Grant Thornton LLP as independent auditors of Sonic for the fiscal 
year ending September 30, 2012.   

In the event that the nominee for director becomes unavailable to serve, which management does not anticipate, the 
persons named in the proxy reserve full discretion to vote for any other person who may be nominated.  Proxies may 
also be authorized by telephone or over the Internet by following the instructions on the proxy card. Any stockholder 
giving a proxy may revoke the same at any time prior to the voting of such proxy.  This Proxy Statement and the 
accompanying proxy are being mailed on or about January 31, 2012.   

Each stockholder will be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in his or her name on our 
books at the close of business on January 12, 2012 (the “Record Date”).  Only holders of issued and outstanding 
shares of Sonic's common stock as of the close of business on the Record Date are entitled to notice of and to vote at 
the  Annual  Meeting,  including  any  adjournment  or  postponement  thereof.    On  that  date,  we  had  outstanding  and 
entitled  to  vote  3,852,480  shares  of  Common  Stock,  held  by  approximately  6,300  stockholders,  of  which 
approximately 5,900 were held in street name.   

QUORUM; VOTES REQUIRED  

Votes cast by proxy or in person at the Annual Meeting will be tabulated by the inspector of elections appointed for 
the Annual Meeting and will determine whether or not a quorum is present.  Where, as to any matter submitted to 
the  stockholders  for  a  vote, proxies  are  marked  as  abstentions  (or  stockholders  appear  in  person  but  abstain  from 
voting), such abstentions will be treated as shares that are present and entitled to vote for purposes of determining 
the  presence  of  a  quorum.    If  a  broker  indicates  on  the  proxy  that  it  does  not  have  discretionary  authority  as  to 
certain shares to vote on a particular matter and has not received instructions from the beneficial owner, which is 
known as a broker non-vote, such shares will also be considered present for purposes of a quorum, provided that the 
broker exercises discretionary authority on any other matter in the Proxy. A majority of the shares of Common Stock 
issued,  outstanding  and  entitled  to  vote  at  the  Annual  Meeting,  present  in  person  or  represented  by  proxy,  shall 
constitute a quorum at the Annual Meeting.  The election of the Director requires a plurality of the votes present and 
entitled to vote.  Therefore, the director who receives the most votes will be elected.  Neither an abstention nor a 
withheld  vote  will  affect  the  outcome  of  the  election.    The  amendment  of  the  2009  Stock  Incentive  Plan  and  the 
amendment of the Sonic Foundry Non-Employee Amended Directors Stock Option Plan require the affirmative vote 
of the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting.  If you abstain from voting on either of 
these proposals, it will have the same effect as a vote against the proposal.  The ratification of the appointment of 
Grant  Thornton  LLP  requires  the  affirmative  vote  of  the  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  votes  cast  at  the  Annual 
Meeting.  If you abstain from voting on this proposal, it will have no effect on the outcome of such proposal. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  New  York  Stock  Exchange  ("NYSE")  has  rules  that  govern  brokers  who  have  record  ownership  of  listed 
company  stock  held  in  brokerage  accounts  for  their  clients  who  beneficially  own  the  shares.  Under  these  rules, 
brokers who do not receive voting instructions from their clients have the discretion to vote uninstructed shares on 
certain  discretionary  matters  but  do  not  have  discretion  to  vote  uninstructed  shares  as  to  certain  other  non-
discretionary matters. A broker may return a proxy card on behalf of a beneficial owner from whom the broker has 
not received instructions that casts a vote with regard to discretionary matters but expressly states that the broker is 
not  voting  as  to  non-discretionary  matters.  The  broker's  inability  to  vote  with  respect  to  the  non-discretionary 
matters with respect to which the broker has not received instructions from the beneficial owner is referred to as a 
"broker non-vote". Under current NYSE interpretations, the proposal to ratify the appointment of Grant Thornton, 
LLP  as  our  independent  auditor  is  considered  a  discretionary  matter,  and  the  proposals  to  amend  the  2009  Stock 
Incentive  Plan  and  the  2008  Sonic  Foundry  Non-Employee  Directors  Stock  Option  Plan  are  consider  non-
discretionary matters. Shares entitled to vote on the proposals to amend the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan and the 2008 
Sonic Foundry Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, respectively, which are the subject of a broker non-vote 
will be treated as not present at the meeting for the purpose of determining whether a majority of the shares entitled 
to vote has been obtained and therefore will not count in the vote.   

DATE, TIME AND PLACE OF ANNUAL MEETING 

The Annual Meeting will be held on March 7, 2012 at 9:00 a.m. (Central time) at the Monona Terrace Community 
and Convention Center, One John Nolen Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53703. 

PROPOSAL ONE: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the Board of Directors shall be divided 
into five classes, with each class having a five-year term.  Directors are assigned to each class in accordance with a 
resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.  Vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, 
resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes may be filled by either the affirmative vote of the holders of a 
majority of the then-outstanding shares or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, 
even if less than a quorum of the Board of the Directors.  Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the 
number of directors may, unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise, be filled only by a majority vote of the 
entire Board of Directors.  A director elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy (including a vacancy created 
by  an  increase  in  the  number  of  directors)  shall  serve  until  the  next  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  or  until  such 
director’s successor is elected and qualified. 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide that the number of directors, which shall constitute the 
whole Board of Directors, shall be not be  less than  three  or  more than  twelve.  Our currently authorized number of 
directors is six.  The seat on the Board of Directors currently held by Michael H. Janowiak is designated as a Class IV 
Board seat, with term expiring as of the Annual Meeting.  The Board of Directors has nominated Michael H. Janowiak 
as a Class IV Director for election at the Annual Meeting. 

If elected at the Annual Meeting, Mr. Janowiak would serve until the 2017 Annual Meeting and until his successor is 
elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nominee for Director for a Five-Year term expiring on the 2017 Annual Meeting 

Michael H. Janowiak  

Mr. Janowiak, age 48, has been a director of Sonic since April 2011 and is a Principal at Pinnacle Investments, a 
boutique private equity and financial consulting group. He has 26 years of experience in the information industry, 
with  focus  on  education,  training,  research  publications  and  trade  conferences  for  professionals  in  the 
communications  and  semiconductor  sectors.  Mr.  Janowiak  was  President  of  the  International  Engineering 
Consortium  (IEC)’s  online  learning  and  publishing  group,  co-founder  and  Principal  of  Professional  Education 
International (PEI), where in concert with academia and companies such as Microsoft he led product development of 
online training and education. He has served on the Board of Directors of Mercury Air Group from September 2002 
until September 2005, the Advisory Board of the Midtown Foundation since January 2001, as Industry Advisor to 
the Illinois Institute of Technology since January 1999, as the Subsidiary Director of CIB Marine Bancshares since 
November  2001,  as  member  of  Liquio  Corporation  since  August  2002,  and  as  member  of  the  Advisory  Board  of 
Idynta  Systems  since  December  2001.  Janowiak  is  also  co-founder  and  president  of  HRDRive,  Inc.,  which  is  the 
North  American  subsidiary  of  SMR  technologies,  a  publicly-traded,  human  resources  software  company  based  in 
Kuala Lampur, Malaysia and Chennai, India. Mr. Janowiak attended the University of Arizona’s Business School 
and the Stanford University Executive Program. 

The members of the Board of Directors unanimously recommend a vote FOR the election of Mr. Janowiak as 
Class IV Director. 

DIRECTORS CONTINUING IN OFFICE 

Gary R. Weis  

Term Expires in 2013 

Mr. Weis, age 64, has been Chief Executive Officer since March 2011, Chief Technology Officer since September 
2011 and a Director of Sonic since February 2004.  Prior to joining Sonic, he served as President, Chief Executive 
Officer  and  a  Director  of  Cometa  Networks,  a  wireless  broadband  Internet  access  company  from  March  2003  to 
April 2004. From May 1999 to February 2003 he was Senior Vice President of Global Services at AT&T where he 
was  responsible  for  one  of  the  world's  largest  data  and  IP  networks,  serving  more  than  30,000  businesses  and 
providing Internet access to more than one million individuals worldwide. While at AT&T, Mr. Weis also was CEO 
of Concert, a joint venture between AT&T and British Telecom. Previously, from January 1995 to May 1999 he was 
General Manager of IBM Global Services, Network Services. Mr. Weis served as a Director from March 2001 to 
February 2003 of AT&T Latin America, a facilities-based provider of telecom services in Brazil, Argentina, Chile, 
Peru  and  Columbia.  Mr.  Weis  earned  BS  and  MS  degrees  in  Applied  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science  at  the 
University of Illinois, Chicago.  

David C. Kleinman 

Term Expires in 2014 

Mr.  Kleinman,  age  76,  has  been  a  Director  of  Sonic  since  December  1997  and  has  taught  at  the  Chicago  Booth 
School  of  Business  at  the  University  of  Chicago  since  1971,  where  he  is  now  Adjunct  Professor  of  Strategic 
Management. Mr. Kleinman was a Director (trustee) of the Columbia Acorn Trust, and its predecessors from 1972 
to December 2010 (where he was a member of the Committee on Investment Performance and past chair, a member 
and  past  chair  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  a  member  of  the  Compliance  Committee);  a  Director  (trustee)  of  the 
Wanger Advisors Trust from 2005 to December 2010; a Director and non-executive chair of the Board since 1984 of 
North Lime Holdings and its wholly owned subsidiary, Irex Corporation, a contractor and distributor of insulation 
materials; and  a  Director  since  1993  of  Plymouth  Tube  Company,  a  manufacturer  of  metal  tubing  and  metal 
extrusions (where he serves on the Audit Committee). From 1999 to 2006, he was a member of the Advisory Board 
of DSC Logistics, a logistics management and warehousing firm. From May 1997 to February 2004, Mr. Kleinman 
served  as  a  Director  of  AT&T  Latin  America  and  predecessor  companies,  a  facilities-based  provider  of  telecom 
services in Brazil, Argentina, Chile, Peru and Columbia (where he was chair of the Audit Committee and a member 
of the Compensation Committee). From 1994 to 2005, he was a director of Wisconsin Paper and Products Company, 
3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a jobber of paper and paper products. From 1964 to 1971, Mr. Kleinman was a member of the finance staff of the 
Ford Motor Company.   

Paul S. Peercy  

Term Expires in 2014 

Mr. Peercy, age 71, has been a Director of Sonic since February 2004. Since September 1999, Mr. Peercy has served 
as dean of the University of Wisconsin-Madison College of Engineering. Since 2001 Mr. Peercy has been a member 
of the National Academy of Engineering. In 2000, then-Wisconsin Governor Tommy Thompson named Mr. Peercy 
to  the  Wisconsin  Technology  and  Entrepreneurship  Council.  From  August  1995  to  September  1999,  Mr.  Peercy 
served as president of SEMI/SEMATECH, an Austin, Texas-based non-profit consortium of more than 160 of the 
nation’s  suppliers  to  the  semiconductor  industry.  Prior  to  that  position  he  was  director  of  Microelectronics  and 
Photonics at Sandia National Laboratories in Albuquerque, New Mexico. He is the author or co-author of more than 
175 technical papers and the recipient of two patents. Mr. Peercy is a Director and member of the audit committee of 
Bemis Company, Inc, a manufacturer of flexible packaging and pressure sensitive materials.  Mr. Peercy received a 
BA degree in Physics from Berea College and MS and PhD degrees in Physics from the University of Wisconsin - 
Madison.  

Mark D. Burish   

Term Expires in 2015 

Mr. Burish, age 58, is a founder and shareholder of the law firm of Hurley, Burish & Stanton, Madison, WI, which 
he helped start in 1983.  He is the founder and CEO of Our House Senior Living, LLC, Milestone Senior Living, 
LLC and Milestone Management Services, LLC which he started in 1997.  Mr. Burish received his BA degree in 
communications from Marquette University in 1975 and his JD degree from the University of Wisconsin in 1978. 

Frederick H. Kopko, Jr.   

Term Expires in 2016 

Frederick H. Kopko, age 56, has been Sonic Foundry’s Secretary from April 1997 to February 2001 and has been a 
Director since December 1995. Mr. Kopko is a partner of the law firm of McBreen & Kopko, Chicago, Illinois, and 
has  been  a  partner  of  that  firm  since  January  1990.  Mr.  Kopko  practices  in  the  area  of  corporate  law.  He  is  the 
Managing Director, Neltjeberg Bay Enterprises LLC, a merchant banking and business consulting firm and has been 
a  Director  of  Mercury  Air  Group,  Inc.  since  1992.  Mr.  Kopko  received  a  B.A.  degree  in  Economics  from  the 
University  of  Connecticut,  a  J.D.  degree  from  the  University  of  Notre  Dame  Law  School  and  an  M.B.A.  degree 
from the University of Chicago. 

When  considering  whether  the  Board  of  Directors  and  nominees  thereto  have  the  experience,  qualifications, 
attributes  and  skills,  taken  as  a  whole,  to  enable  the  Board  of  Directors  to  satisfy  its  oversight  responsibilities 
effectively  in  light  of  our  business  and  structure,  the  Board  of  Directors  focused  primarily  on  the  information 
discussed  in  each  of  the  Board  members'  biographical  information  set  forth  on  pages  three  and  four.  Each  of  the 
Company's  directors  possesses  high  ethical  standards,  acts  with  integrity  and  exercises  careful,  mature  judgment. 
Each  is  committed  to  employing  his  skills  and  abilities  to  aid  the  long-term  interests  of  the  stakeholders  of  the 
Company.  In addition, each of our directors has exhibited judgment and skill, and has either been actively involved 
with  the  Company  for  a  considerable  period  of  time  or  has  experience with  other organizations of  comparable  or 
greater  size.  In  particular,  Mr.  Kopko  has  had  extensive  experience  with  companies  comparable  in  size  to  Sonic 
Foundry,  including  currently  serving  as  a  director  of  Mercury  Air  Group,  Inc.  and  fills  a  valuable  need  with 
experience in securities and other business law.  Mr. Weis has had experience in both developing and established 
companies, having served as a CEO and Director of Cometa Networks and in several positions at AT&T, including 
Senior Vice President of Global Services. Mr. Kleinman has significant experience serving on boards of directors of 
various companies, has significant experience in finance and strategic management through his employment with the 
Chicago Booth School of Business at the University of Chicago where he also obtained valuable market insight to 
the Company’s largest customer base.  Mr. Peercy shares that same market expertise through serving the University 
of Wisconsin in his role as dean of the engineering school and also has significant business and technical experience 
obtained  at  positions  including  his  role  as  director  of  Microelectronics  and  Photonics  at  Sandia  National 
Laboratories and through his role as president of SEMI/SEMATECH.  Mr. Burish brings additional valuable legal 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
experience to the Board as well as experience obtained through founding multiple companies.  Mr. Janowiak brings 
valuable experience with his deep connections to the on-line education industry, and with his previous involvement 
on the boards of public companies. 

Director Independence 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Through  its  listing  requirements  for  companies  with  securities  listed  on  the  NASDAQ  Capital  Market,  the 
NASDAQ  Stock  Market  (“NASDAQ”)  requires  that  a  majority  of  the  members  of  our  Board  be  independent,  as 
defined under NASDAQ’s rules. The NASDAQ rules have both objective tests and a subjective test for determining 
who  is  an  “independent  director.”   The  objective  tests  state,  for  example,  that  a  director  is  not  considered 
independent if he or she is an employee of the Company or has engaged in various types of business dealings with 
the Company. The subjective test states that an independent director must be a person who lacks a relationship that 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Board  would  interfere  with  the  exercise  of  independent  judgment  in  carrying  out  the 
responsibilities of a director. The Board has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no 
relationship exists that, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in 
carrying  out  the  responsibilities  of  a  director.  In  making  these  determinations,  the  Board  reviews  information 
provided by the directors in an annual questionnaire with regard to each director’s business and personal activities as 
they relate to the Company. Based on this review and consistent with NASDAQ’s independence criteria, the Board 
has affirmatively determined that Mark D. Burish, Michael H. Janowiak, David C. Kleinman and Paul S. Peercy are 
independent. 

Related Person Transaction 

The Board has adopted a Related Person Transaction Policy (the “Policy”), which is a written policy governing the 
review and approval or ratification of Related Person Transactions, as defined in SEC rules. 

Under the Policy, each of our directors and executive officers must notify the Chairman of the Audit Committee in 
writing  of  any  new  potential  Related  Person  Transaction  involving  such  person  or  an  immediate  family  member. 
The  Audit  Committee  will  review  the  relevant  facts  and  circumstances  and  will  approve  or  ratify  the  transaction 
only if it determines that the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, the best interests of the Company.  The 
Related Party Transaction must then be approved by the independent directors.  In determining whether to approve 
or  ratify  a  Related  Person  Transaction,  the  Audit  Committee  and  the  independent  directors  may  consider,  among 
other  things,  the  benefits  to  the  Company;  the  impact  on  the  director’s  independence  (if  the  Related  Person  is  a 
director or an immediate family member); the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; the 
terms of the transaction; and the terms available to unrelated third parties or to employees generally. There were no 
new Related Person Transactions in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 (“Fiscal 2011”). 

Board Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight 

In fiscal 2011 the Company separated the positions of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.  Mark D. 
Burish serves as Non-Executive Chairman of the Board and Gary R. Weis serves as our Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief  Technical  Officer.  The  Company  believes  that  separating  the  positions  provides  an  appropriate  leadership 
structure.   

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board, which is the Company’s ultimate decision-
making  body,  except  with  respect  to  those  matters  reserved  to  our  stockholders.  Our  Board’s  key  mission  is  to 
maximize long-term stockholder value. Our Board establishes our overall corporate policies, selects and evaluates 
our  executive  management  team  (which  is  charged  with  the  conduct  of  our  business),  and  acts  as  an  advisor  and 
counselor  to  executive  management.  Our  board  also  oversees  our  business  strategy  and  planning,  as  well  as  the 
performance of management in executing its business strategy and assessing and managing risks.  

What is the Board’s role in risk oversight?  

The board takes an active role in monitoring and assessing the Company’s risks, which include risks associated with 
operations, credit, financing and capital investments. Management is responsible for the Company’s day-to-day risk 
management  activities  and  our  board’s  role  is  to  engage  in  informed  risk  oversight.  Management,  through  its 
disclosure committee, compiles an annual ranking of risks to which the Company could be subjected and reviews 
the results of this risk assessment with the audit committee. Any significant risks are then reviewed by the board and 
assigned  for  oversight.  In  fulfilling  this  oversight  role,  our  board  focuses  on  understanding  the  nature  of  our 
enterprise risks,  including our  operations  and  strategic direction,  as well  as  the  adequacy  of our risk  management 
process  and  overall  risk  management  system.  There  are  a  number  of  ways  our  board  performs  this  function, 
including the following:  

•  at  its  regularly  scheduled  meetings,  the  board  receives  management  updates  on  our  business  operations, 

financial results and strategy and discusses risks related to the business;  

• 

• 

the  audit  committee  assists  the  board  in  its  oversight  of  risk  management  by  discussing  with  management,
particularly,  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  our  guidelines  and  policies  regarding  financial  and  enterprise  risk 
management and risk appetite, including major risk exposures, and the steps management has taken to monitor
and control such exposures; and  

through  management  updates  and  committee  reports,  the  board  monitors  our  risk  management  activities,
including the annual risk assessment process, risks relating to our compensation programs, and financial and
operational risks being managed by the Company.  

The  compensation  committee  also  has  oversight  responsibility  for  risks  and  exposures  related  to  employee 
compensation  programs  and  management  succession  planning,  and  assesses  whether  the  organization’s 
compensation  practices  encourage  risk  taking  that  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company.  The 
committee  periodically  reviews  the  structure  and  elements  of  our  compensation  programs  and  its  policies  and 
practices  that  manage  or  mitigate  such  risk,  including  the  balance  of  short-term  and  long-term  incentives,  use  of 
multiple performance measures, and a multi-year vesting schedule for long-term incentives. Based on these reviews, 
the committee believes our compensation programs do not encourage excessive risk taking.  

Board Structure and Meetings 

The  Board  met  six  times  during  Fiscal  2011.    The  Board  also  acted  by  written  consent  from  time  to  time.  All 
directors attended at least 75% of the total number of Board meetings and committee meetings on which they serve 
(during  the  period  in  which  each  director  served).   In  addition,  NASDAQ  marketplace  rules contemplate  that  the 
independent members of our Board will meet during the year in separate closed meetings referred to as “executive 
sessions”  without  any  employee  director  or  executive  officer  present.   Executive  sessions  were  usually  held  after 
regularly scheduled Board meetings during Fiscal 2011. 
The Board of Directors has three standing committees, the Audit Committee, the Executive Compensation Committee 
and the Nominations Committee.   

Sonic has a standing audit committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange 
Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”).  Members of  the Audit  Committee  are  Messrs.  Kleinman  (chair), 
Burish, Peercy (until his resignation effective January 23, 2012) and Janowiak (effective January 23, 2012).  Sonic’s 
6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors has determined that all members of Sonic’s Audit Committee are “independent” as that term is 
used in Item 7(d)(3)(iv) of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act and as defined under Nasdaq listing standards.  
The Audit Committee provides assistance to the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibility including: (i) internal 
and external financial reporting, (ii) risks and controls related to financial reporting, and (iii) the internal and external 
audit  process.    The  Audit  Committee  is  also  responsible  for  recommending  to  the  Board  the  selection  of  our 
independent public accountants and for reviewing all related party transactions.  The Audit Committee met five times 
in Fiscal 2011.  A copy of the charter of the Audit Committee is available on Sonic’s website. 

Sonic's Board of Directors has determined that, due to his affiliation with the Chicago Booth School of Business at the 
University  of  Chicago,  and  due  to  his  current  and  past  service  as  a  director  on  numerous  company  boards,  and 
membership on numerous audit committees, including past or present chair, along with his other academic and business 
credentials, Mr. Kleinman has the requisite experience and applicable background to meet Nasdaq standards requiring 
financial sophistication of at least one member of the audit committee.  Sonic's Board of Directors has also determined 
that  neither  Mr.  Kleinman  nor  any  other  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  is  an  audit  committee  financial  expert  as 
defined by applicable SEC regulations 

The Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Kleinman (chair), Burish, Janowiak (effective January 23, 2012) and 
Peercy.    The  Board  of  Directors  has  determined  that  all  of  the  members  of  the  Compensation  Committee  are 
“independent” as defined under Nasdaq listing standards. The Compensation Committee makes recommendations to 
the  Board  with  respect  to  salaries  of  employees,  the  amount  and  allocation  of  any  incentive  bonuses  among  the 
employees,  and  the  amount  and  terms  of  stock  options  to  be  granted  to  executive  officers.    The  Compensation 
Committee  met  four  times  in  Fiscal  2011.    A  copy  of  the  charter  of  the  Compensation  Committee  is  available  on 
Sonic’s website. 

The  Nominations  Committee  consists  of  Messrs.  Peercy  (chair),  Burish,  Janowiak  and  Kleinman.    The  Board  of 
Directors has determined that all of the members of the Nominations Committee are “independent” as defined under 
Nasdaq  listing  standards. 
  Mr.  Janowiak  joined  the  Nominations  Committee  following  the  Committee’s 
recommendation  to  the  Board  that  he  be  nominated  for  election  at  the  Annual  Meeting.    The  purpose  of  the 
Nominations  Committee  is  to  evaluate  and  recommend  candidates  for  election  as  directors,  make  recommendations 
concerning the size and composition of the Board of Directors, develop specific criteria for director independence, and 
assess the effectiveness of the Board of Directors.  Our Board of Directors has adopted a charter for the Nominations 
Committee, which is available on Sonic’s website.  The Nominations Committee will review all candidates in the same 
manner  regardless  of  the  source  of  the  recommendation.    In  recommending  candidates  for  election  to  the  Board  of 
Directors,  the  Nominations  Committee  reviews  each  candidate’s  qualifications,  including  whether  a  candidate 
possesses any of the specific qualities and skills desirable in certain members of the Board of Directors.  Evaluations of 
candidates  generally  involve  a  review  of  background  materials,  internal  discussions  and  interviews  with  selected 
candidates as appropriate.  Generally the Nominations Committee will consider various criteria in considering whether 
to make a recommendation.  These criteria include expectations that directors have substantial accomplishments in their 
professional  backgrounds  and  are  able  to  make  independent,  analytical  inquiries  and  exhibit  practical  wisdom  and 
mature judgment.  Director candidates should possess the highest personal and professional ethics, integrity and values, 
be committee to promoting the long-term interest of our stockholders and be able and willing to devote the necessary 
time to carrying out their duties and responsibilities as members of the Board.  While the Board of Directors has not 
adopted  a  policy  regarding  diversity,  we  also  believe  our  directors  should  come  from  diverse  backgrounds  and 
experience  bases  in  order  to  promote  the  representation  of  diverse  views  on  the  Board  of  Directors.    Stockholder 
recommendations  of  candidates  for  Board  membership  will  be  considered  when  submitted  to  Corporate  Secretary, 
Sonic Foundry, Inc., 222 W. Washington Ave., Madison, WI 53703.  When submitting candidates for nomination to be 
elected at Sonic's annual meeting of stockholders, stockholders must also follow the notice procedures and provide the 
information required by Sonic's bylaws. 

In particular, for a stockholder to nominate a candidate for election at the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the 
nomination must be delivered or mailed to and received by Sonic's Secretary between November 8, 2012 and 
December 8, 2012 (or, if the 2013 annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days 
from March 7, 2013, not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later 
than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth calendar day following 
7 

 
 
 
 
 
the date on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made). The nomination must include 
the same information as is specified in Sonic's bylaws for stockholder nominees to be considered at an annual meeting, 
including the following: 

•  The stockholder's name and address and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is 

proposed; 

•  The stockholder's reason for making the nomination at the annual meeting, and the signed consent of the 

nominee to serve if elected; 

•  The number of shares owned by, and any material interest of, the record owner and the beneficial owner, 

if any, on whose behalf the record owner is proposing the nominee; 

•  A description of any arrangements or understandings between the stockholder, the nominee and any other 

• 

person regarding the nomination; and 
Information regarding the nominee that would be required to be included in Sonic's proxy statement by 
the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the nominee's age, business experience 
for the past five years and any other directorships held by the nominee. 

The  Operations  Analysis  Committee  consisted  of  Messrs.  Weis  (chair)  and  Kleinman.    The  Operations  Analysis 
Committee was established in May 2008 to facilitate communication and provide advisory leadership in planning and 
strategic  growth.  The  Operations  Analysis  Committee  was  disbanded  upon  the  appointment  of  Mr.  Weis  as  Chief 
Executive Officer on March 31, 2011.   

DIRECTORS COMPENSATION 

Our directors, who are not also our full-time employees, receive an annual retainer of $20,000 in addition to a fee of 
$1,500 for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and $1,000 per committee meeting attended, other than 
Mr. Kleinman, who received $2,000 per Audit Committee meeting attended. Effective January 23, 2012, Mr. Kleinman 
will  receive  $1,000  per  Audit  Committee  meeting  attended,  an  Audit  Committee  annual  retainer  of  $8,000  and  a 
Compensation Committee annual retainer of $3,000.  In addition, the chairman of our Board receives an annual retainer 
of $35,000 as compensation for his services as chairman.  The former chair of our Operations Analysis Committee, Mr. 
Weis, received a retainer of $12,000 per year and Mr. Kleinman received an annual retainer of $6,000 as compensation 
as a member of the Operations Analysis Committee.  The retainer paid to Mr. Kleinman as a member of the Operations 
Analysis  Committee  was  prorated  to  coincide  with  the  termination  of  the  Operations  Analysis  Committee  and  the 
retainers paid to Mr. Weis as Board and Operations Analysis Committee compensation were prorated to coincide with 
the period of time ending upon his appointment as Chief Executive Officer.  The cash compensation paid to the five 
non- employee directors combined in Fiscal 2011 was $184,500. When traveling from out-of-town, the members of the 
Board of Directors are also eligible for reimbursement for their travel expenses incurred in connection with attendance 
at Board meetings and Board Committee meetings.  Directors who are also employees do not receive any compensation 
for their participation in Board or Board Committee meetings. 

Pursuant to the 2008 Sonic Foundry Non-Employee Amended Directors Stock Option Plan (the “Directors Plan”) we 
grant to each non-employee director who is reelected or who continues as a member of the Board of Directors at each 
annual stockholders meeting a stock option to purchase 2,000 shares of Common Stock. Further, the chair of our Audit 
Committee receives an additional stock option grant to purchase 500 shares of Common Stock per year and the chair of 
our Operations Analysis Committee received, on November 3, 2008, a one-time stock option grant to purchase 5,000 
shares of common stock which vest 25% immediately, and 25% on each of 4 months, 16 months and 28 months from 
the date of grant for his role in managing the activities of the Operations Analysis Committee pursuant to Sonic’s Non 
Qualified Stock Option Plan. 

The exercise price of each stock option granted was equal to the market price of Common Stock on the date the stock 
option was granted. Stock options issued under the Directors Plan vest fully on the first anniversary of the date of grant 
and  expire  after  ten  years  from  date  of  grant.  An  aggregate  of  50,000  shares  are  reserved  for  issuance  under  the 
Directors Plan.   

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If  any  change  is  made  in  the  stock  subject  to  the  Directors  Plan,  or  subject  to  any  option  granted  thereunder,  the 
Directors Plan and options outstanding thereunder will be appropriately adjusted as to the type(s), number of securities 
and price per share of stock subject to such outstanding options. 

The  options  and  warrants  set  forth  above  have  an  exercise  price  equal  to  the  fair  market  value  of  the  underlying 
common stock on the date of grant.  The term of all such options is ten years. 
The following table summarizes cash and equity compensation provided our non-employee directors during the 
fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. 

Fees Earned 
Or Paid In 
Cash 
($)(1) 
(b) 

Stock 
Awards 
($) 
(c) 

Name 
(a) 

Mark D. Burish 
Michael H. Janowiak 
David C. Kleinman 
Frederick H. Kopko 
Paul S. Peercy 
Gary R. Weis 

39,000 
19,833 
45,500 
29,000 
37,000 
14,167 

  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 

Non-Equity 
Incentive  
Plan Compen-
sation 
($) 
(e) 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Option 
Awards 
($)(2) 
(d) 

 12,380 
11,160 
15,475 
12,380 
12,380 
12,380 

Change in 
Pension  
Value and 
Non-qualified 
Deferred 
Compen- 
sation 
Earnings 
($) 
(f) 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

All Other 
Compensation
($) 
(g) 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Total 
($) 
(h) 

51,380 
30,993 
60,975 
41,380 
49,380 
26,547 

(1) 

(2) 

The amount reported in column (b) is the total of retainer fees and meeting attendance fees. On October 6, 
2011 the Board approved an additional annual retainer amount of $35,000 for Mr. Burish in connection with 
his position as non-executive Chairman of the Board. 
The amount reported in column (d) is the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted during the fiscal 
year ended September 30, 2011 in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.  Each director received an option 
award of 2,000 shares on March 3, 2011 at an exercise price of $14.83 with a grant date fair value of $12,380.  
In addition, Mr. Kleinman received a grant of 500 shares on March 3, 2011 at an exercise price of $14.83 with 
a grant date fair value of $3,095 in connection with his position as chair of the Audit Committee.  Mr. Janowiak 
received a grant of 2,000 shares on April 14, 2011 upon his appointment to the board at an exercise price of 
$13.60 per share with a grant date fair value of $11,160. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF SONIC 

Our  executive  officers,  who  are  appointed  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  hold  office  for  one-year  terms  or  until  their 
respective successors have been duly elected and have qualified.  There are no family relationships between any of the 
executive officers of Sonic. 

Gary R. Weis serves as both our Chief Executive and Chief Technology Officer. (See " Directors Continuing in Office 
".) 

Kenneth A. Minor, age 49, has been our Chief Financial Officer since June 1997, Assistant Secretary from December 
1997  to  February  2001  and  Secretary  since  February  2001.    From  September  1993  to  April  1997,  Mr.  Minor  was 
employed as Vice President and Treasurer for Fruehauf Trailer Corporation, a manufacturer and global distributor of 
truck  trailers  and  related  aftermarket  parts  and  service  where  he  was  responsible  for  financial,  treasury  and  investor 
relations functions. Prior to 1993, Mr. Minor served in various senior accounting and financial positions for public and 
private corporations as well as the international accounting firm of Deloitte Haskins and Sells. Mr. Minor is a certified 
public accountant and has a B.B.A. degree in accounting from Western Michigan University.  

Robert M. Lipps, age 40, has been Executive Vice President of Sales since April 2008, joining Sonic Foundry in April 
2006 as Vice President of International Sales and assuming expanded responsibility for U.S. central sales in 2007. Mr. 
Lipps leads the company’s global sales organization including oversight of domestic, international and channel sales. 
He holds 15 years of sales leadership, business development and emerging market entry expertise in the technology and 
manufacturing  sectors,  including  sales  and  channel  management.   From  January  2004  to  March  2006  he  served  as 
General Manager of Natural Log Homes LLC, a New Zealand based manufacturer of log homes.  From July 1999 to 
Dec  2002  he  served  as  Latin  America  Regional  Manager  of  Adaytum,  a  software  publisher  of  planning  and 
performance management solutions, (acquired by Cognos Software, an IBM Company, in January 2003) and from May 
1996  to  July  1999  he  served  as  International  Sales  Manager  for  Persoft,  a  software  publisher  of  host  access  and 
mainframe connectivity solutions (acquired by Esker software in 1998). Mr. Lipps has a B.S. degree in Marketing from 
the University of Wisconsin at La Crosse. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 

The  following  table  shows  information  known  to  us  about  the  beneficial  ownership  of  our  Common  Stock  as  of 
January 12, 2012, by each stockholder known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our Common Stock, each of 
our  executive  officers  named  in  the  Summary  Compensation  Table  (“Named  Executive  Officers”),  each  of  our 
directors, and all of our directors and executive officers as  a group. Unless otherwise noted, the  mailing address for 
these stockholders is 222 West Washington Avenue, Madison, Wisconsin 53703. 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes voting or investment power 
with  respect  to  shares.  Shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  stock  options  or  warrants  exercisable 
within 60 days after January 12, 2012, which we refer to as Presently Exercisable Options, are deemed outstanding for 
computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the options but are not deemed outstanding for computing 
the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, all persons named 
in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of common stock, except to the extent 
authority is shared by spouses under applicable law. The  inclusion of any shares  in this table does not constitute an 
admission of beneficial ownership for the person named below. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Based on currently available Schedules 13D and 13G filed with the SEC, we do not know of any beneficial owners of 
more than 5% of our Common Stock, other than listed below. 

Name of Beneficial Owner(1) 

Common Stock 
Wealth Trust Axiom LLC (3) 
4 Radnor Corp Center, suite 520  
Radnor PA 19087 

Number of Shares of 
Class 
Beneficially Owned 

Percent 
of Class(2) 

297,677 

7.8% 

Andrew D. Burish(4) 
8020 Excelsior Drive 
Madison, WI, 53717 

Mark D. Burish(5) 
33 East Main St. 
Madison, WI 53703 

Rimas P. Buinevicius(6) 

Gary R. Weis(7) 

Kenneth A. Minor(8) 

Frederick H. Kopko, Jr.(9) 
20 North Wacker Drive 
Chicago, IL 60606 

Robert M. Lipps(10) 

David C. Kleinman(11) 
1101 East 58th Street 
Chicago, IL 60637 

Paul S. Peercy(12) 
1415 Engineering Dr 
Madison, WI 53706 

Michael H. Janowiak(13) 
6688 Joliet Road 
Countryside, IL 60525 

192,000 

184,526 

172,245 

64,400 

54,149 

40,627 

35,781 

30,000 

18,040 

0 

5.0 

4.8 

4.5 

1.7 

1.4 

1.1 

* 

* 

* 

* 

All current Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (8 

427,523 

10.7% 

persons)(14) 

less than 1%  

* 
(1)  Sonic  believes  that  the  persons  named  in  the  table  above,  based  upon  information  furnished  by  such  persons, 
except  as  set  forth  in  note  (3),  have  sole  voting  and  dispositive  power  with  respect  to  the  number  of  shares 
indicated as beneficially owned by them. 

(2)  Applicable percentages are based on 3,852,480 shares outstanding, adjusted as required by rules promulgated by 

the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3) 

(4) 
(5) 
(6) 

Information is based on Schedule 13G filed on May 31, 2011 by Albert C. Matt, President of Wealth Trust Axiom 
LLC. Based on such information, Wealth Trust Axiom LLC has sole dispositive power but not sole voting power, 
with respect to such shares. 
Information is based on Schedule 13G filed on December 5, 2011  
Includes 4,000 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options.   
Includes 22,000 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options.  Also includes 15,205 shares owned by Cleopatra 
Buinevicius for which Mr. Buinevicius has power of attorney to vote and/or dispose of such shares and 800 shares 
owned by Erik Buinevicius for which Mr. Buinevicius has power of attorney to vote and/or dispose of such shares.  
Ms.  Cleopatra  Buinevicius  is  the  mother  of  Mr.  Buinevicius  and  Mr.  Erik  Buinevicius  is  the  son  of  Mr. 
Buinevicius.  Mr. Buinevicius disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.  Mr. Buinevicius resigned as Chief 
Executive Officer on March 31, 2011. 
Includes 23,000 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options. 
(7) 
(8)  Consists of 37,000 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options.   
(9) 
Includes 12,000 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options. 
(10)  Includes 35,706 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options. 
(11)  Includes 24,000 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options. 
(12)  Includes 18,000 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options. 
(13)  Mr. Janowiak was granted 2,000 options upon his appointment to the Board in April 2011 which are not Presently 

Exercisable.  

(14)  Includes an aggregate of 153,706 Presently Exercisable Options. 

Introduction 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis 

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes our compensation strategy, policies, programs and practices 
for the executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table. Throughout this proxy statement, we refer 
to these individuals, who serve as our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President 
of Sales as the “executive officers.” 

The Executive Compensation Committee (“Committee”) establishes and oversees our compensation and employee 
benefits programs and approves the elements of total compensation for the executive officers. The day-to-day design 
and administration of our retirement and employee benefit programs available to our employees are handled by our 
Human Resources and Finance Department employees. The Committee is responsible for reviewing these programs 
with management and approving fundamental changes to them. 

Overview and Objectives of our Executive Compensation Program 

The  compensation  program  for  our  executive  officers  is  designed  to  attract,  motivate,  reward  and  retain  highly 
qualified  individuals  who  can  contribute  to  Sonic’s  growth  with  the  ultimate  objective  of  increasing  stockholder 
value.   Our compensation program consists of several forms of compensation:  base salary, annual bonus, long-term 
incentives and limited perquisites and benefits. 

Base  salary  and  annual  bonus  are  cash-based  while  long-term  incentives  consist  of  stock  option  awards.  The 
Committee does not have a specific allocation goal between cash and equity-based compensation or between annual 
and long-term incentive compensation. Instead, the Committee relies on the process described in this discussion and 
analysis in its determination of compensation levels and allocations for each executive officer. 

The Committee established performance metrics for each of its Named Executive Officers in fiscal 2011 designed to 
match Company performance to the amount of incentive compensation paid to such officers following completion of 
the fiscal year. 

 The  recommendations of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  play  a  significant  role  in  the  compensation-setting  process. 
The  Chief  Executive  Officer  provides  the  Committee  with  an  annual  overall  assessment  of  Sonic’s  achievements 
and  performance,  his  evaluation  of  individual  performance  and  his  recommendations  for  annual  compensation 

12 

 
 
 
and long-term  incentive  awards.  The  Committee  has  discretion  to  accept,  reject  or  modify  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer’s recommendations. 

The Committee determines the compensation for each executive officer in an executive session. 

Market Competitiveness 

The Committee’s target is for total cash compensation to average between the 50th and 75th percentile of published 
compensation data derived from two sources: (i) a peer group of companies that are in our industry, competitors for 
key talent, or with similar financial characteristics; and (ii) published market survey data for companies within our 
revenue range. The peer group data was obtained from the most recently filed proxy statement of 15 publicly-traded 
technology  companies  with  annual  revenues  ranging  from  approximately  $10  million  to  just  over  $100  million; 
market  capitalization  of  $20  million  to  just  over  $100  million  and  250  employees  or  fewer.    The  following 
companies comprised the peer group for the study: MakeMusic, Inc., Majesco Entertainment, XATA Corporation, 
Bsquare  Corporation,  Unify  Corporation,  Versant  Corporation,  Simulations  Plus,  Adept  Technology,  SoundBite 
Communications, Procera Networks, GlobalSCAPE, Broadvision, Bitstream, Evolving Systems and GSE Systems. 
Given  competitive  recruiting  pressures,  the  Committee  retains  its  discretion  to  deviate  from  this  target  under 
appropriate circumstances. The Committee periodically receives updates of the published compensation data. 

Pay for Performance 

The  Committee  believes  that  both  long  and  short  term  compensation  of  executive  officers  should  correlate  to 
Sonic’s  overall  financial  performance.   Incentive  payouts  will  be  larger  with  strong  performance  and  smaller  if 
Sonic’s financial results decline. From time to time, extraordinary Board-approved initiatives in a fiscal year, such 
as a restructuring, acquisition, or divestiture, are considered by the Committee in its overall evaluation of Sonic’s 
performance. 

Competitive Benchmarking/Peer Group Analysis 

The Committee reviewed market data from Towers Watson Data Services dated April 1, 2010 in various size and 
industry stratifications similar to that of Sonic. 

The second source of compensation data came from a peer group of seventeen public companies that we consider 
similar to our market for sales, or for key talent, or with similar financial or other characteristics such as number of 
employees. The companies in the peer group ranged in market capitalization between $20 million and $40 million, 
had fewer than 250 employees and had revenues between $10 million and $80 million.   

Components of Executive Compensation 

Base Salary 

The  Committee  seeks  to  pay  the  executive  officers  a  competitive  base  salary  in  recognition  of  their  job 
responsibilities for a publicly held company. As noted above, the target compensation range for an executive’s total 
cash compensation (salary and bonus) is between the 50th and 75th percentile of the market data reviewed by the 
Committee. 

As  part  of  determining  annual  increases,  the  Committee  also  considers  the  Chief  Executive  Officer’s 
recommendation regarding individual performance as well as internal equitable considerations. 

In evaluating individual performance, the Committee considers initiative, leadership, tenure, experience, skill set for 
the  particular  position,  knowledge  of  industry  and  business,  and  execution  of  strategy  in  placing  the  individual 
within the range outlined. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Committee considered base wage changes for Mr. Weis at a meeting of the Committee held on September 28, 
2011 and Messrs. Minor and Lipps at a meeting of the Committee held on October 24, 2011.   Accordingly, base 
compensation for Mr. Weis was increased from $344,000 to $378,400, base pay for Mr. Minor was increased from 
$248,200  to $255,646  and  base  compensation for  Mr.  Lipps was  increased from  $190,550  to  $196,267.   After  its 
review  of  all  sources  of  market  data  as  described  above,  the  Committee  believes  that  the  base  salaries  and  the 
bonuses described below are within its targeted range for total cash compensation.   

Annual Performance-Based Variable Compensation  

The performance-based variable compensation reported for each executive officer represents compensation that was 
earned based on fiscal 2011 performance. The following describes the methodologies used by the Compensation 
Committee to determine the final annual performance-based variable compensation earned by each executive 
officer:  

Selection of Performance Metrics. For fiscal 2011, the Compensation Committee designed a short-term incentive 
program (“STIP”) driven by three performance measures that it determined were appropriate to drive desired 
business behavior for the Company and would correlate positively with total shareholder return. These measures 
were the Company’s results with respect to (1) customer billings, (2) pro forma earnings, and (3) customer 
satisfaction. Messrs. Weis, Minor and other Non-Executive officers were included in the plan.  Mr. Lipps’ short 
term incentive plan was based solely on the level of customer billings achieved. 

Establishment of Incentive Goals and Payout Approach. The Compensation Committee designed the relationship 
between pay and performance to ensure that desired performance would be rewarded with material payouts. 
Similarly, performance that did not meet the goals would reduce the performance-based variable compensation 
payout to as low as zero. In setting the performance levels, the Compensation Committee strived to establish 
challenging but achievable goals. The factors considered by the Compensation Committee in assessing the challenge 
inherent in the goals included:  

•    Management’s internal operating plan; and 
•    Customer satisfaction.  

Payout Based on Performance Against Goals. For fiscal 2011 the Company’s performance, as evaluated by the 
Compensation Committee, lead to the determination that 66% of the STIP performance metrics were achieved and 
therefore 66% of the target bonus payouts were made under the STIP compensation plan.   The STIP earned by Mr. 
Weis was $74,923 and was $49,144 for Mr. Minor.  Total incentive paid to Mr. Lipps during fiscal 2011 was 
$101,248.  

Stock Options  

The Committee has a long-standing practice of providing long-term incentive compensation grants to the executive 
officers. The Committee believes that such grants, in the form of stock options, help align our executive officers’ 
interests with those of Sonic’s stockholders. All stock options have been granted under either our 1995 Stock Option 
Plan, the 1999 Non-Qualified Plan or the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (“Employee Plans”).  All but the 2009 Stock 
Incentive Plan are now terminated. 

The Committee reviews option grant recommendations by the Chief Executive Officer for each executive officer, 
but  retains  full  discretion  to  accept,  reject  or  revise  each  recommendation.   The  Committee’s  policy  is  to  grant 
options on the date it approves them or such other future date as the Committee may agree at the time of approval. 
The exercise price is determined in accordance with the terms of the Employee Plan and cannot be less than the Fair 
Market Value, as defined in the Plan, of Sonic’s common stock. The Committee typically grants options once a year, 
but may grant options to newly hired executives at other times. 

14 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
In  making  its  determinations,  the  Committee  considers  the  number  of  options  or  shares  owned  by  the  executive 
officers. 

On September  28, 2011  the Committee  awarded  Mr. Weis  an option grant  to purchase  50,000  shares  of  common 
stock  effective  September  30,  2011  with  the  strike  price  equal  to  the  closing  price  of  Sonic’s  stock  on  that  date, 
which  was  $8.68.    On  October  24,  2011,  the  Committee  awarded  Messrs.  Minor  and  Lipps  options  to  purchase 
27,500  shares  of  common  stock  each  effective  immediately,  with  the  strike  price  equal  to  $9.46,  which  was  the 
closing price of Sonic’s stock on October 24, 2011.  Each grant will vest one third each on the first, second and third 
anniversaries of the grant.   

Health and Welfare Benefits 

Our officers are covered under the same health and welfare plans, including our 401(k) plan, as salaried employees.   

Employment Agreements 

We  entered  into  employment  agreements  with  Kenneth  A.  Minor  in  October  2007  and  Robert  M.  Lipps  in  August 
2008.  The salaries of each of Messrs. Minor and Lipps are subject to increase each year at the discretion of the Board 
of  Directors.  Messrs.  Minor  and  Lipps  are  also  entitled  to  incidental  benefits  of  employment  under  the  agreements. 
Each of the employment agreements provides that a cash severance payment be made upon termination, other than for 
cause.  In the case of Mr. Minor, such cash severance is equal to the highest cash compensation paid in any of the last 
three fiscal years immediately prior to termination and with respect to Mr. Lipps, such cash severance payment is equal 
to the cash compensation paid in the previous fiscal year immediately prior to termination.  In addition, Mssrs. Minor 
and Lipps will receive immediate vesting of all previously unvested common stock and stock options and have the right 
to voluntarily terminate their employment, and receive the same severance arrangement  detailed above following (i) 
any “person” becoming a “ beneficial” owner of stock of Sonic Foundry representing 50% or more of the total voting 
power  of  Sonic  Foundry’s  then  outstanding  stock;  or,  (ii)  Sonic  Foundry  is  acquired  by  another  entity  through  the 
purchase of substantially all of its assets or securities and following such acquisition, Gary Weis does not remain as 
Chief Executive Officer of the Board of Directors of Sonic Foundry or the acquisition is without the written consent of 
the  Board  of  Directors  of  Sonic  Foundry;  or  (iii)  Sonic  Foundry  is  merged  with  another  entity,  consolidated  with 
another entity or reorganized in a manner in which any “person” is or becomes a “beneficial” owner of stock of the 
surviving entity representing 50% or more of the total voting power of the surviving entity’s then outstanding stock; 
and  Messrs.  Minor  or  Lipps  is  demoted  without  cause  or  his  duties  are  substantially  altered.    Pursuant  to  the 
employment agreements, each of Messrs. Minor and Lipps has agreed not to disclose our confidential information and 
not to compete against us during the term of his employment agreement and for a period of one year thereafter. Such 
non-compete  clauses  may  not  be  enforceable,  or  may  only  be  partially  enforceable,  in  state  courts  of  relevant 
jurisdictions.  

Effective March 31, 2011, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Weis as Chief Executive 
Officer. The employment agreement was to continue through April 1, 2012 or until earlier terminated pursuant to the 
terms  thereof.  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  employment  agreement,  Mr. Weis  received  an  annual  minimum  base 
salary of $344,000 per year subject to increase at the discretion of the Board. Mr. Weis was also entitled to receive a 
performance bonus at the discretion of the Board.  
Effective September 30, 2011, the Company entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. 
Weis. Pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated employment agreement, Mr. Weis will receive an annual 
minimum  base  salary  of  $378,400  per  year  subject  to  increase  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board.  Mr. Weis  may  also 
receive  a  performance  bonus  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board.  Mr. Weis  in  addition  will  assume  duties  as  are 
customarily performed by a Chief Technology Officer.  

The amended and restated employment agreement will continue in effect until terminated as set forth therein. In the 
event  Mr. Weis’s  employment  is  terminated  without  cause,  as  defined  in  the  amended  and  restated  employment 
agreement,  or  in  the  event  his  employment  is  constructively  terminated,  Mr. Weis  shall  be  entitled  to  receive,  in 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
equal  bi-weekly  installments  over  a  one-year  period,  compensation  equal  to  one  and  five  hundredths 
(1.05) multiplied by the highest cash compensation paid to Mr. Weis in any of the last three years immediately prior 
to  his  termination.  In  the  event  of  a  Change  of  Control,  as  defined  in  the  amended  and  restated  employment 
agreement, Mr. Weis is entitled to terminate the agreement within one year following such Change of Control, in 
which  event  he  shall  be  entitled  to  receive,  in  a  lump  sum  payable  within  thirty  days  of  such  termination, 
compensation equal to two and one-tenth (2.1) multiplied by the highest cash compensation paid to Mr. Weis in any 
of the last three fiscal years immediately prior to his termination. In any of the above events, (i) all of Mr. Weis’s 
unvested  stock  options  and  stock  grants  shall  vest  immediately  upon  termination,  and  (ii) Mr. Weis  shall  receive 
health  insurance  continuation  as  required  by  COBRA,  salary  accrued  to  the  date  of  termination,  and  any  accrued 
vacation pay. Mr. Weis has further agreed not to disclose the Company’s proprietary information, and, until one year 
following the termination of his employment agreement, not to compete with the Company or solicit the Company’s 
employees.  Such non-compete clause may not be enforceable, or may be only partially enforceable, in state courts 
of relevant jurisdiction. 

For  illustrative  purposes,  if  Sonic  terminated  the  employment of  Mr. Weis  (not  for  cause)  on  September 30, 
2011, Sonic  would be obligated to pay $201,000, representing 1.05 times the cash compensation paid Mr. Weis from 
the  date  of  his  appointment  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  on  March  31,  2011  and  $402,000  if  Mr. Weis  elected  to 
terminate  his  employment  on  September 30,  2011,  following  a  change  of  control  as  defined  in  the  employment 
agreement.  If Sonic terminated Messrs. Minor and Lipps on September 30, 2011, (not for cause), or if Messrs. Minor 
and Lipps elected to terminate their employment following a demotion or alteration of duties on September 30, 2011, 
and  a  change  of  control  as  defined  in  the  employment  agreements  had  occurred,  Sonic  would  be  obligated  to  pay 
$264,000 and $306,000, respectively.  In addition, any non-vested rights of Messrs. Weis, Minor and Lipps under the 
Employee Plans, would vest as of the date of employment termination. The value of accelerated vesting of the options 
under these circumstances would be $185,000 for Mr. Weis; $63,000 for Mr. Minor and $66,000 for Mr. Lipps. 

Personal Benefits 

Our executives receive a limited number of personal benefits certain of which are considered taxable income to them 
and which are described in the footnotes to the section of this Proxy Statement entitled “Summary  Compensation 
Table ”. 

Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) 

Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) limits the ability of a public company to deduct compensation in excess of 
$1 million paid annually to each of the Chief Executive Officer and each of the other executive officers named in the 
Summary Compensation Table. There are exemptions from this limit, including compensation that is based on the 
attainment of performance goals that are established by the Committee and approved by the Company stockholders. 
No executive officer was affected by this limitation in fiscal 2011. 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT 

The  Compensation  Committee  of  Sonic  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis 
required  by  Item  402(b) of  Regulation  S-K  with  management  and,  based  on  such  review  and  discussions,  the 
Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included 
in the Proxy Statement. 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE 

David C. Kleinman, Chair 
Mark D. Burish 
Paul S. Peercy  

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the compensation of our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and 
our other two executive officers for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. 

Summary Compensation 

Salary 
($) 
(c) 

Bonus 
($) 
(d) 

Stock 
Awards
($) 
(e) 

Option 
Awards
($)(1) 
(f) 

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation
($)(2) 
(g) 

Change in 
Pension  
Value and  
Non-qualified 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Earnings 
($) 
(h) 

Name and Principal 
Position 
(a) 

Gary R. Weis 
Chief Executive  and 
Chief Technology 
Officer 

Rimas P. Buinevicius 
Former Chairman and 
Chief Executive 
Officer(4) 

Kenneth A. Minor 
Chief Financial Officer 
and Secretary 

Robert M. Lipps 
Executive Vice  
President - Sales 

Year 
(b) 

2011 
2010 
2009 

170,000 
— 
— 

2011 
2010 
2009 

344,000 
344,000 
342,471 

2011 
2010 
2009 

2011 
2010 
2009 

247,092 
241,000 
239,967 

189,696 
185,000 
185,000 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

191,880 
— 
— 

74,923 
— 
— 

— 
18,898 
14,772 

98,416 
18,898 
15,660 

98,416 
18,898 
19,376 

— 
— 
— 

49,144 
— 
— 

101,248 
73,834 
93,552 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

All Other 
Compen-
sation 
($)(3) 
(i) 

Total 
($) 
(j) 

— 
— 
— 

436,803 
— 
— 

2,040 
1,396 
1,766 

346,040 
364,294 
359,009 

14,041 
7,795 
14,799 

408,693 
270,426 
340,972 

9,072 
1,992 
8,649 

398,432 
279,724 
306,577 

(1)  The option awards in column (f) represent the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB 
ASC  Topic  718  for  stock  options  granted  during  the  fiscal  year.  The  assumptions  and  methodology  used  in 
calculating  the  compensation  expense  of  the  option  awards  are  provided  in  Sonic’s  Form 10-K.   See  Note  1, 
“Stock Based Compensation” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Sonic’s Form 10-K. The 
amounts in this column represent value attributed to the awards at the date of grant and not necessarily the actual 
value that will be realized by the executive. There can be no assurance that the options will ever be exercised (in 
which case no value will be realized by the executive) or that the value on exercise will equal the ASC Topic 718 
value.  The amount for Mr. Weis includes a grant of 2,000 options on March 3, 2011 at an exercise price of $14.72 
with  a  fair  value  of  $6.19  for  services  as  a  non-employee  director,  made  prior  to  his  appointment  as  Chief 
Executive Officer. 

(2)  The amounts in column (g) represent cash bonuses which were awarded for performance during the prior fiscal 

year based on a pre-established formula.   

(3)  The  amount  shown  under  column  (i)  for  the  fiscal  year  2011  includes  Sonic’s  matching  contribution  under  our 
401(k)  plan  of  $7,637  and  $9,072  for  Messrs  Minor  and  Lipps.    In  addition,  Mr.  Buinevicius  received  a  car 
allowance equal to $713 per month of which the taxable personal portion of $2,040 is included in this column.  Mr. 
Minor receives $650 per month as a car allowance of which the taxable personal portions were $6,404.  Mr. Lipps 
receives a car allowance of $700 per month of which there was no taxable personal portion.  Mr. Weis received car 
and housing allowances totaling $1,750 per month, of which there was no taxable personal portion.  The combined 
housing and car allowances were increased to $2,500 per month beginning in October 2011. 

(4)  Mr. Buinevicius resigned as Chief Executive Officer on March 31, 2011. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Following table shows the plan-based awards granted to the Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2011. 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards 

Name 
(a) 

Grant 
Date 
(b) 

Estimated Future Payouts 
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards 
Target 
($) 
(d) 

Maximum
($) 
 (e) 

Threshold 
($) 
(c) 

Estimated Future Payouts 
Under Equity  
Incentive 
Plan Awards 
Target
($) 
(g) 

Maximum
($) 
 (h) 

Threshold
($) 
(f) 

All other 
stock 
awards: 
Number of
Shares of 
stock or 
units 
(#) 
(i) 

All other 
option 
awards: 
Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Options 
(#) 
(j) 

Exercise 
or base 
price of 
option 
awards 
($/Sh) 
(1) 
(k) 

Grant  
Date fair 
Value of 
Stock and
option 
awards 
($) 
(2) 
(l) 

Kenneth A. Minor 
Robert M. Lipps 
Gary R. Weis 

11/24/10  — 
11/24/10  — 
3/3/11 
— 
9/30/11  — 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

14,120 
14,120 
2,000 
50,000 

6.97 
6.97 
6.19 
3.59 

98,416 
98,416 
12,380 
179,500 

(1)  Sonic grants employee stock options with exercise prices equal to the closing stock price on the date of grant. 
(2)  The amount reported in column (l) represents the grant date fair value of the award following the required FAS 
123(R)  compensation  methodology.    Grant  date  fair  value  is  calculated  using  the  Lattice  method.    See  Note  1, 
“Stock Based Compensation” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Sonic’s Form 10-K for the 
fiscal  year  ended September  30, 2011 for an explanation of the  methodology and assumptions used in the FAS 
123(R)  valuation.    With  respect  to  the  option  grants,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  options  will  ever  be 
exercised (in which case no value will be realized by the executive) or that the value on exercise will equal the 
FAS 123(R) value. 

Sonic grants options to its executive officers under our employee stock option plans. As of September 30, 2011, options 
to  purchase  a  total  of  785,547  shares  were  outstanding  under  the  plans,  and  options  to  purchase  158,883  shares 
remained available for grant thereunder.  

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 

The following table shows information concerning outstanding equity awards as of September 30, 2011 held by the 
Named Executive Officers. 

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards:
Market 
or  
Payout 
Value of 
Unearned 
Shares, 
Units or 
Other 
Rights 
That 
Have Not 
Vested 
($) 
(j) 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Number  
of  
Unearned 
Shares, 
Units or 
Other 
Rights  
That Have 
Not  
Vested 
(#) 
(i) 

Market 
Value of 
Shares or 
Units of 
Stock  
That  
Have  
Not  
Vested 
($) 
(h) 

Number 
of Shares 
or Units  
of Stock 
That Have
 Not  
Vested 
(#) 
(g) 

Equity 
Incentive  
Plan  
Awards: 
Number 
 of  
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Unearned 
Options 
(#) 
(d) 
None 

None 

None 

None 

Number  
of  
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Exercisable 
(1)(2) 
(b) 
2,000 
2,000 
2,000 
2,000 
2,000 
2,000 
5,000 
2,000 
2,000 
0 
0 

Number  
of  
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Unexercisable 
(1)(2) 
(c) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
2,000 
50,000 

25,300 
5,000 
5,000 
6,000 
6,000 

6,899 
10,000 
5,000 
12,000 
2,000 
0 

2,500 
750 
1,500 
2,500 
10,000 
4,000 
2,000 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
4,000 
14,120 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
2,000 
4,000 
14,120 

Option 
Exercise 
Price 
($) 
(1)(2) 
(e) 
19.40 
13.40 
12.30 
17.40 
37.60 
8.00 
5.00 
5.50 
6.90 
14.83 
8.68 

11.20 
14.50 
15.50 
5.00 
5.26 

11.20 
4.20 
14.50 
15.50 
5.26 
15.21 

22.60 
37.10 
15.50 
7.50 
7.80 
5.30 
5.26 
15.21 

Option 
Expiration 
Date 
(1) 
(f) 
2/9/2014 
5/24/2014 
5/15/2015 
3/15/2016 
3/15/2017 
3/6/2018 
11/3/2018 
3/5/2019 
3/4/2020 
3/3/2021 
9/30/2021 

10/25/2011 
11/26/2014 
12/04/2017 
11/03/2018 
12/2/2019 

10/25/2011 
05/09/2013 
11/26/2014 
12/04/2017 
12/2/2019 
11/24/2020 

04/10/2016 
12/07/2016 
12/04/2017 
03/10/2018 
04/16/2018 
11/10/2018 
12/2/2019 
11/24/2020 

Name 
(a) 

Gary R. Weis 

Rimas P. Buinevicius 

Kenneth A. Minor 

Robert M. Lipps 

(1)  All options were granted under either our stockholder approved Employee Stock Option Plans or the Non-

Qualified Stock Option Plan.  All unexercisable options listed in the table become exercisable over a three-year 
period in equal annual installments beginning one year from the date of grant.  

(2)  All options have been adjusted for the one-for-ten reverse stock split of the Company’s shares completed on 

November 16, 2009. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows information concerning option exercises in fiscal 2011 by the Named Executive Officers. 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested 

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

  Number of 

Shares 
Acquired 
on Exercise 
(#) 

Value 
Realized 
on 
Exercise 
($) 

  Number 
of Shares 
Acquired 
on 
Vesting 
(#) 

Rimas P. Buinevicius 
Kenneth A. Minor 

84,700 
3,795 

244,594 
13,430 

— 
— 

Value 
Realized 
on 
Vesting 
($) 

— 
— 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans approved 
by security holders  (1) 

Equity compensation plans not 
approved by security holders (2) 

Total  

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

Number of 
securities 
remaining 
available for 
future issuance 

(a) 

635,835 

149,712 

785,547 

(b) 

11.70 

10.74 

11.52 

(c) 

158,883 

- 

158,883 

(1)  Consists of the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan and the Amended Directors 
Stock Option Plans.  For further information regarding these plans, reference is made to Note 5 of the financial 
statements. 

(2)  Consists  of  the  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan.    For  further  information  regarding  this  plan,  reference  is 

made to Note 5 of the financial statements. 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation  

The members of the Executive Compensation Committee of Sonic's Board of Directors for fiscal 2011 were those named 
in the Executive Compensation Committee Report. No member of the Committee was at any time during Fiscal 2011 or 
at any other time an officer or employee of Sonic Foundry, Inc.  

No executive officer of Sonic Foundry, Inc. has served on the board of directors or compensation committee of any other 
entity  that  has  or  has  had  one  or  more  executive  officers  serving  as  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Sonic 
Foundry.  

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
PROPOSAL 2: PROPOSAL TO AMEND THE 
2009 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN 

We are asking our stockholders to approve an amendment to the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan to increase the number 
of shares of common stock subject to the plan by 600,000 at the Annual Meeting (in this proposal, the “Amended 
2009 Plan”). On January 23, 2012, the Board approved the Amended 2009 Plan, subject to stockholder approval.  

The  purpose  of  the  Amended  2009  Plan  is  to  promote  the  interests  of  the  Company  and  its  stockholders  by 
strengthening the Company’s ability to attract and retain experienced and knowledgeable employees and to furnish 
additional incentives to those employees upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends. 
The 2009 Plan provided for the grant of up to 400,000 stock options.  As of September 30, 2011, the Company had 
granted  options  for  265,901  shares  and  had  forfeitures  totaling  17,834,  leaving  a  balance  of  151,933.  During  the 
quarter  ended  December 31,  2011,  the  Company  granted  options  for  147,800  shares  under  the  2009  Plan  and 
cancelled  3,400  options,  leaving  a  balance  at  December 31,  2011  of  7,533.  We  recommend  approval  of  the 
Amended 2009 Plan with an aggregate number of shares that may be subject to awards under the Amended 2009 
Plan of 1,000,000.  

We  presently  anticipate  that  the  number  of  Available  Shares  under  the  Amended  2009  Plan  will  be  sufficient  for 
issuance of awards under our equity compensation for three years. Except with respect to the number of shares of 
common stock subject to equity awards, there are no material differences between the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan and 
the Amended 2009 Plan. 

Why You Should Vote for the Amended 2009 Plan  

There are a Limited Number of Options Remaining to be Granted Under the 2009 Plan  
Equity awards are currently made to officers and employees exclusively from our 2009 Plan. As of December 31, 
2011,  we  had  a  balance  of  7,533  options  remaining  to  be  granted  under  our  2009  Plan.  We  currently  grant 
approximately 200,000 options per year. If we do not adopt the Amended 2009 Plan we will be unable to issue a 
significant number of equity awards unless our stockholders approve a new stock plan. We anticipate that we will 
have difficulty attracting, retaining, and motivating officers and employees if we were unable to make equity awards 
to  them.  In  addition,  we  believe  that  equity  awards  are  an  effective  compensation  vehicle  because  they  offer 
significant  potential  value  with  a  smaller  impact  on  current  income  and  cash  flow.  Therefore,  we  are  asking  our 
stockholders to approve the Amended 2009 Plan.  

Equity Incentives are an Important Part of our Compensation Philosophy  
Approval of the Amended 2009 Plan is critical to our ongoing effort to create stockholder value. As discussed in the 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis earlier in this Proxy Statement, equity-based incentives are an integral part 
of our  compensation  program. We  grant  stock  options  to  substantially  all  of our  employees. We  believe  we  must 
continue to offer a competitive equity compensation plan in order to attract, retain and motivate the talent necessary 
to successfully grow the Company.  

The Amended 2009 Plan Combines Compensation and Governance Best Practices  
Some of the key features of the Amended 2009 Plan that are designed to protect our stockholders’ interest and to 
reflect corporate governance best practices are as follows:  

•    Continued  broad-based  eligibility  for  equity  awards.  We  grant  equity  awards  to  substantially  all  of  our 
employees. By doing so, we link employee interests with stockholder interests throughout the organization
and motivate our employees to act as owners of the Company. 

•    Reasonable  share  counting  provisions.  In  general,  when  awards  granted  under  the  Amended  2009  Plan 
expire or are cancelled, the shares reserved for those awards will be returned to the share reserve and be
available for future issuance under the Amended 2009 Plan. However, shares of common stock received 
from the exercise of stock options or withheld for taxes will not be returned to the share reserve. 

21 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
•    Option exercise price. Under the Amended 2009 Plan, the exercise price per share of stock options may not

be less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant. 

•    Repricing is not allowed. Under the Amended 2009 Plan, repricing of stock options (including reduction in 
the  exercise  price  of  stock  options  or  replacement  of  an  award  with  cash  or  another  award  type)  is
prohibited without prior stockholder approval. 

•    Limitations  on  Amendments.  The  Amended  2009  Plan  requires  stockholder  approval  for  material 
amendments to the Plan, including (i) a material increase in the benefits accrued to participants under the 
Plan, (ii) a material increase in the number of securities that may be issued under the Plan, (iii) a material 
expansion of the class of individuals eligible to participate in the Plan, or (iv) an extension to the term of 
the Plan.  

Description of the Amended 2009 Plan  

A description of the principal features of the Amended 2009 Plan is set forth below. The summary is qualified in its 
entirety by the detailed provisions of the Amended 2009 Plan, a copy of which is attached to this Proxy Statement as 
Exhibit A.  

Purpose.  The  Amended  2009  Plan  is  intended  to  provide  incentives  to  the  Company’s  officers,  directors,  and 
employees by providing them with opportunities to acquire a direct proprietary interest in the operations and future 
success of the Company.  

Effective  Date.  The  Amended  2009  Plan  will  become  effective  on  the  date  on  which  it  is  approved  by  the 
stockholders (the “Effective Date”).  

Types of Awards. The Amended 2009 Plan provides for the following types of awards: (i) incentive stock options, 
(ii) non-qualified  stock  options,  (iii) restricted  stock  awards,  (iv) restricted  stock  units,  (v) performance  stock 
awards, (vi) and other stock-based awards (collectively, “Awards”).  

Administration.  Our  Board,  or  a  committee  of  the  Board  consisting  of  at  least  two  members  of  the  Board,  will 
administer  the  Amended  2009  Plan.  The  Board  may  delegate  responsibility  for  administration  of  the  Plan  to 
different  committees,  subject  to  any  limitations  the  Board  deems  appropriate.  The  Board,  or  any  two  member 
committee of the Board (hereinafter, the “Committee”), has full authority to administer the Plan, including authority 
to interpret and construe any relevant provisions of the Plan, to adopt rules and regulations that it deems necessary, 
to  determine  which  individuals  are  eligible  to  participate  and/or  receive  Awards  under  the  Plan,  to  determine  the 
amount and/or number of shares subject to the Award, and to determine the terms of the Award (which need not be 
identical). The Committee may delegate its authority to grant Awards under the Amended 2009 Plan to one or more 
of  the  Company’s  executive  officers  to  the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  provided  the  grantees  are  not 
executive officers or directors of the Company.  

The Committee has the power to approve the form of Award agreements, and to amend or adopt sub-plans to permit 
employees who reside outside the United States to participate in the Amended 2009 Plan. The Committee does not 
have authority under the Amended 2009 Plan to reduce the exercise or purchase price of any outstanding Award or 
to  cancel  and  re-grant  an  outstanding  Award  if  such  action  would  reduce  the  exercise  or  purchase  price  of  the 
Award, in either case, absent prior approval of the stockholders for such an action.  

The  Board  has  delegated  administration  of  the  2009  Plan,  and  any  amendments  thereto,  to  the  Executive 
Compensation Committee.  

Stock Subject to the Amended 2009 Plan. The common stock issued or to be issued under the Amended 2009 Plan 
consists  of  authorized  but  unissued  shares  or  issued  shares  that  have  been  reacquired  by  the  Company  in  any 
manner. Subject to adjustment made in connection with a recapitalization, change in control and certain other events 

22 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
set  forth  in  the  Amended  2009  Plan,  the  maximum  number  of  shares  subject  to  Awards  which  may  be  issued 
pursuant to the Amended 2009 Plan will be 1,000,000 shares of common stock. In addition, if any Award granted 
under  the  Amended  2009  Plan  is  not  exercised  or  is  forfeited,  lapses  or  expires,  or  otherwise  terminates  without 
delivery of any common stock subject thereto, the shares subject to such Award will again be available for future 
grants of Awards under the Plan. The number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the Amended 
2009 Plan will not be increased by any shares tendered or Awards surrendered in connection with the purchase of 
shares of common stock upon exercise of an option or any shares of common stock deducted or forfeited from an 
Award in connection with our withholding obligations.  

Eligibility and Limitations on Grants. Awards under the Amended 2009 Plan may be made to employees, officers, 
directors  and  consultants  of  the  Company  or  any  present  or  future  parent  or  subsidiary  of  the  Company  or  other 
business  venture  in  which  the  Company  has  a  substantial  interest  (“Related  Entities”).  Awards  made  to  non-
employee directors under the Amended 2009 Plan may only be granted and administered by a committee meeting 
the independence requirements of the exchange on which the Company’s common stock is listed.  

Terms of Options. The Amended 2009 Plan permits grants of stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock 
options (“ISOs”) under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and stock options that do not qualify 
as ISOs (“non-qualified” options). Options granted under the 2009 Plan will be non-qualified options if they fail to 
qualify  as  ISOs  or  exceed  the  annual  limit  on  ISOs.  Only  employees  of  the  Company  may  receive  ISOs.  Non-
qualified  options  may  be  granted  to  any  persons  eligible  to  receive  ISOs  and  to  directors  and  consultants  of  the 
Company.  The  exercise  price  of  a  stock  option  may  not  be  less  than  100%  of  the  fair  market  value  of  the  stock 
subject to the option on the date of grant (for an incentive stock option, 110% if the optionee is a 10% holder of our 
common stock). The term of option will not be longer than ten years (or, in the case of a 10% owner of our common 
stock, five years if the option is an ISO) and may be subject to restrictions on transfer.  

Options may be exercised in whole or in part with written or electronic notice to the Company’s delegate for receipt 
of such notice, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price for the number of shares being purchased. Subject 
to the discretion of the Committee, the exercise price may be paid in cash, by check, pursuant to a broker-assisted 
cashless exercise, by delivery of other shares of common stock, by a “net exercise arrangement”, or any other form 
of legal consideration deemed acceptable by the Committee.  

Options  generally  terminate  ninety  days  after  termination  of  an  optionee’s  service  or  as  set  forth  in  the  option 
agreement. The optionee may have longer to exercise when termination is due to disability or death. No option may 
be exercised beyond the expiration of its term. The ability to exercise options may be accelerated by the Committee, 
subject to compliance with the provisions of the Amended 2009 Plan.  

Terms of Restricted Stock. The Amended 2009 Plan permits grants of restricted stock entitling recipients to acquire 
shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to the right of the Company to require forfeiture of such shares in 
the event that conditions specified by the Committee in the applicable award agreement are not satisfied. Subject to 
the provisions of the Amended 2009 Plan, the Committee will determine the terms and conditions of any restricted 
stock award, including the grant date and vesting schedule for the award.  

Terms of Restricted Stock Units. The Amended 2009 Plan permits awards of restricted stock units entitling recipients 
to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock (or the cash equivalent) in the future. Subject to the provisions of 
the Amended 2009 Plan, the Committee will determine the terms and conditions of any restricted stock unit award, 
including the grant date and vesting schedule for the award.  

Other Stock-Based  Awards. The Amended  2009  Plan permits  awards of  shares  of  the Company’s  common  stock, 
and other awards that are valued by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of the Company’s common stock 
or property, including awards entitling recipients to receive shares of the Company’s common stock in the future. 
Such  awards  may  also  be  available  as  a  form  of  payment  in  the  settlement  of  other  awards  granted  under  the 
Amended 2009 Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a participant is otherwise entitled. Subject to 
the  discretion  of  the  Committee,  the  awards  may  be  paid  in  shares  of  common  stock  or  cash.  Subject  to  the 
provisions of the Amended 2009 Plan, the Committee will determine the terms and conditions of such other stock-
based awards, including any purchase price that may be applicable to the award.  

23 

 
Performance Awards. Under the Amended 2009 Plan, certain restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards 
and other stock-based awards may be subject to the achievement of performance goals. For performance awards that 
are  intended  to qualify  as performance-based  compensation under Section 162(m)  of the  Code,  the vesting  and/or 
delivery  of  shares  for  such  awards  will  occur  upon  achievement  of  one  or  more  of  the  following  objective 
performance  measures,  as  determined  by  the  Committee  in  its  discretion:  earnings  per  share,  return  on  average 
equity or average assets in relation to a peer group of companies designated by the Committee, earnings, earnings 
growth,  earnings  before  interest,  taxes  and  amortization  (EBITA),  operating  income,  gross  or  product  margins, 
revenues, expenses, stock price, market share, reductions in non-performing assets, return on sales, assets, equity or 
investment,  regulatory  compliance,  satisfactory  internal  or  external  audits,  improvement  of  financial  ratings, 
achievement of balance sheet or income statement objectives, net cash provided from continuing operations, stock 
price appreciation, total shareholder return, cost control, strategic initiatives, net operating profit after tax, pre-tax or 
after-tax  income,  cash  flow,  or  a  combination  of  one  or  more  of  these  measures,  which  may  be  absolute  in  their 
terms or measured against or in relationship to other companies comparably, similarly or otherwise situated. These 
performance  measures  may  be  adjusted  to  exclude  the  effect  of  various  events  that  may  occur  during  the 
performance  period,  including:  extraordinary  items  and  any  other  unusual  or  non-recurring  items;  discontinued 
operations;  gains  or  losses  on  the  dispositions  of  discontinued  operations; the  cumulative  effects  of  changes  in 
accounting  principles;  the  writedown  of  any  asset;  and  charges  for  restructuring  and  rationalization  programs.  In 
addition, such performance measures:  

•    may vary by participant and may be different for different performance awards;  
•    may  be  particular  to  a participant or  the department,  branch,  line  of business,  subsidiary  or other unit  in

which the participant works and may cover such period as may be specified by the Committee; and 

•    shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by, and shall otherwise comply with the

requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee may adjust downwards, but not upwards, the cash 
or  number  of  shares  payable  pursuant  to  performance  awards  intended  to  qualify  as  performance-based 
compensation  under  162(m)  of  the  Code,  and  the  Committee  may  not  waive  the  achievement  of  the  applicable 
performance measures except in the case of the death or disability of the participant or a change in control of the 
Company.  

Awards that are not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under 162(m) of the Code may be based 
on these or such other performance measures as the Committee may determine.  

Adjustments  and  Recapitalization.  In  the  event  that  any  change  is  made  to  the  shares  of  common  stock  issuable 
under  the  Amended  2009  Plan,  whether  through  merger,  consolidation,  stock  split,  stock  dividend,  extraordinary 
cash dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or other similar event, then appropriate 
adjustments  will  be  made  to  (i) the  maximum  number  and/or  class  of  securities  issuable  under  the  Plan,  (ii) the 
number and/or class of securities and, if applicable, price per share in effect under each outstanding Award under the 
Plan, and (iii) the maximum number of shares issuable to one individual in a calendar year under the Plan.  

Change  in  Control  Provisions.  In  the  event  of  a  change  in  control  of  the  Company,  outstanding  Awards  may  be 
assumed,  continued  or  substituted  by  the  successor  corporation.  If  the  successor  corporation  does  not  assume, 
continue or substitute such Awards, then all Awards held by a participant, immediately prior to the effectiveness of 
the change in control, will become fully vested and exercisable.  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a change in control, all outstanding Awards held by the participant 
will,  immediately  prior  to  the  effectiveness  of  the  change  in  control,  become  vested  and  exercisable  as  to  an 
additional number of shares equal to the number of shares that would have become vested and exercisable on the 
date  twelve  months  after  the  effectiveness  of  the  change  in  control.  If  the  participant  has  been  employed  by  the 
Company  for  less  than  twelve  months  immediately  prior  to  the  change  in  control,  the  number  of  vested  and 
exercisable shares will be increased by the number of shares that would have become vested and exercisable on the 
date  six  months  after  the  consummation  of the  change  in control.  In  addition,  if, within  six  months following  the 

24 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
change in control, the successor corporation terminates the employment of a participant without cause, all Awards 
held by the participant will become fully vested and exercisable.  

Under the Amended 2009 Plan, a “change in control” generally means any of the following events: (i) a person (as 
defined by Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, as amended) becomes the beneficial owner of securities 
representing  35%  or  more  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company’s  then  outstanding  securities;  (ii) the 
Company’s  incumbent  directors  cease  to  constitute  a  majority  of  the  Board;  (iii) a  consummated  merger  or 
consolidation of the Company with any other corporation; or (iv) the stockholders approve a plan of liquidation or 
dissolution or an agreement for the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.  

Term and Amendment of the Plan. The Amended 2009 Plan is scheduled to expire ten years from the Effective Date 
of the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. The Board may amend or modify the Amended 2009 Plan in any respect to the 
extent  the  amendment  or  modification  does  not  adversely  affect  a  holder’s  rights  under  any  outstanding  Award 
without  the  holder’s  consent;  however,  stockholder  approval  is  required  for  any  amendment  that  (i) materially 
increases the benefits accrued to participants under the Plan, (ii) materially increases the number of securities which 
may be issued under the Plan, (iii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to participate in the Plan, or 
(iv) extends the term of the Plan. In addition, certain amendments may, as determined by the Board in its discretion, 
require stockholder approval pursuant to applicable laws, rules or regulations, including any applicable exchange on 
which our common stock is listed.  

Tax Withholding. Participants in the Amended 2009 Plan are responsible for the payment of any foreign, federal or 
state tax that we are required by law to withhold upon any exercise or vesting of an Award. Subject to the discretion 
of the Committee, participants may satisfy such tax obligations by delivery of shares of common stock, including 
shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligations, valued at their fair market value. The Company may, to 
the  extent  permitted  by  law,  deduct  such  tax  obligations  from  any  payment  of  any  kind  otherwise  due  to  the 
participant.  

Federal Income Tax Consequences  

The following is a summary of the principal U.S. federal income tax consequences to participants and the Company 
with respect to participation in the Amended 2009 Plan. It does not describe all federal tax consequences under the 
Amended 2009 Plan, nor does it discuss state, local or foreign tax consequences.  

Incentive Stock Options. An optionee who is granted an incentive stock option does not recognize taxable income at 
the  time  the  option  is  granted  or  upon  its  exercise,  although  the  exercise  is  an  adjustment  item  for  alternative 
minimum  tax  purposes  and  may  subject  the  optionee  to  the  alternative  minimum  tax.  Upon  a  disposition  of  the 
shares more than two years after grant of the option and more than one year after the exercise of the option, any gain 
or loss is treated as long-term capital gain or loss. If these holding periods are not satisfied, the optionee recognizes 
ordinary income at the time of disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lower of (a) the 
fair market value of the shares at the date of the option exercise or (b) the sale price of the shares. Any gain or loss 
recognized  on  such  a  premature  disposition  of  the  shares  in  excess  of  the  amount  treated  as  ordinary  income  is 
treated  as  long-term  or  short-term  capital  gain  or  loss,  depending  on  the  holding  period.  Unless  limited  by 
Section 162(m)  of  the  Code,  we  are  generally  entitled  to  a  deduction  in  the  same  amount  as  the  ordinary  income 
recognized by the optionee.  

Nonstatutory Stock Options. No taxable income is recognized by an optionee upon the grant of a nonstatutory stock 
option. Upon exercise, the optionee will recognize ordinary income equal to the excess of the fair market value of 
the purchased shares on the exercise date over the exercise price paid for those shares. Assuming we comply with 
Section 162(m) of the Code, we will be entitled to an income tax deduction in the tax year in which the optionee 
recognizes the ordinary income. When the optionee disposes of shares granted as a nonstatutory stock option, any 
difference between the sale price and the optionee’s exercise price, to the extent not recognized as taxable income as 
provided above, is treated as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on the holding period.  

25 

 
 
 
Restricted  Stock.  A  grantee  who  is  awarded  restricted  stock  will  not  recognize  any  taxable  income  for  federal 
income tax purposes in the year of the award, provided that the shares of common stock are subject to restrictions 
(that is, the restricted stock is nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture). However, the grantee 
may elect under Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize compensation in the year of the award in an amount equal to 
the  fair  market  value  of  the  common  stock  on  the  date  of  the  award  (less  the  purchase  price,  if  any),  determined 
without regard to the restrictions. If the grantee does not make such a Section 83(b) election, the fair market value of 
the common stock on the date the restrictions lapse (less the purchase price, if any) will be treated as compensation 
income to the grantee and will be taxable in the year the restrictions lapse and dividends paid while common stock is 
subject to restrictions will be subject to withholding taxes. If we comply with the restrictions of Section 162(m) of 
the Code, we will be entitled to a tax deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee 
recognizes ordinary income.  

Restricted  Stock  Units.  There  are  no  immediate  tax  consequences  of  receiving  an  award  of  restricted  stock  units 
under  the  Amended  2009  Plan.  A  grantee  who  is  awarded  restricted  stock  units  will  be  required  to  recognize 
ordinary  income  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  fair  market  value  of  shares  issued  to  such  grantee  at  the  end  of  the 
restriction period or, if later, the payment date. If we comply with the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Code, we 
will  be  entitled  to  a  tax  deduction  in  the  same  amount  and  generally  at  the  same  time  as  the  grantee  recognizes 
ordinary income.  

Performance Awards. The award of a performance award will have no federal income tax consequences for us or the 
grantee. The payment of the award is taxable to a grantee as ordinary income. If we comply with the restrictions of 
Section 162(m) of the Code, we will be entitled to a tax deduction in the same amount and generally at the same 
time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.  

Section 280(G). To the extent payments that are contingent on a change in control are determined to exceed certain 
Code  limitations,  they  may  be  subject  to  a  20%  nondeductible  excise  tax  and  our  deduction  with  respect  to  the 
associated compensation expense may be disallowed in whole or in part.  
Section 409A.  The  Company  intends  for  awards  granted  under  the  Amended  2009  Plan  to  comply  with 
Section 409A of the Code.  

New Plan Benefits  

Because  the  Amended  2009  Plan  will  not  be  effective  unless  and  until  it  is  approved  by  the  stockholders,  no 
significant Awards will be granted under the 2009 Plan until approved. The participants and types of Awards under 
the Amended 2009 Plan are subject to the discretion of the Committee and, as a result, the benefits or amounts that 
will be received by any participant or groups of participants if the Amended 2009 Plan is approved are currently not 
determinable.  As  of  January 26,  2012  there  were  three  executive  officers,  five  non-employee  directors,  and 
approximately 100 employees who were eligible to participate in the Amended 2009 Plan. As of the Record Date, 
the closing price per share of our common stock was $7.31.  

General 

The  amendment  of  the  2009  Stock  Incentive  Plan  requires  the  approval  of  a  majority  of  the  outstanding  shares 
entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting. 

Recommendation of the Board of Directors  

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR PROPOSAL 2, TO AMEND 
THE 2009 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN.  

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROPOSAL 3: PROPOSAL TO AMEND THE 
SONIC FOUNDRY 2008 DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN 

The Board of Directors recommends amending the 2008 Sonic Foundry Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan 
(the  “2008  Plan”)  by  increasing  the  shares  that  may  be  issued  pursuant  to  the  plan  by  50,000  (the  “Amended 
Directors Stock Option Plan”).  

The purpose of the Amended Directors Stock Option Plan is to promote the interests of Sonic and its stockholders 
by strengthening Sonic’s ability to attract and retain experienced and knowledgeable non-employee directors and to 
encourage them to acquire an increased proprietary interest in Sonic. The Amended Directors Stock Option Plan is 
intended to increase the number of shares pursuant to the plan in order to provide sufficient shares for further grants. 
The 2008 Plan provided for the grant of up to 50,000 stock options, of which 43,000 were granted under the plan 
with 7,000 available for grant.  

The  Amended  Directors  Stock  Option  Plan  will  continue  to  be  administered  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  The 
Amended  Directors  Stock  Option  Plan  will  continue  to  provide  for  a  grant  of  an  option  to  each  non-employee 
director 1) upon his initial appointment to the Board, 2) to each non- employee director who is reelected or who is 
continuing in offices as a member of the Board after the adjournment of each annual meeting and 3) in the Board’s 
discretion, other grants to one or more Non-Employee Directors from time to time. Each option grant pursuant to 1) 
or  2)  above  is  effective  to  purchase  2,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  at  an  exercise  price  equal  to  the  fair  market 
value on the date of grant. Other option grants will be in amounts as determined by the Board.  

Common Stock that may be issued under the Amended Directors Stock Option Plan pursuant to options shall not 
exceed in the aggregate One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares of Common Stock.   Except with respect to the 
number of shares of common stock subject to issuance, there are no material differences between the 2008 Plan and 
the Amended Directors Stock Option Plan. 

Summary of the Amended Directors Stock Option Plan  

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Amended Directors Stock Option Plan. This summary 
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the specific provisions of the Amended Directors Stock Option Plan, the 
full text of which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Exhibit B.  

All options granted under the Amended Directors Stock Option Plan are non- statutory — not intended to qualify 
under  Section 422  of  the  Code,  as  amended.  The  federal  income  tax  consequences  are  similar  to  those  described 
above with respect to the grant of a non-qualified stock option.  

Payment of the option exercise price may be in cash, by delivery of previously owned Common Stock, by any other 
legally permissible means acceptable to the Board at the time of the grant of the option (including cashless exercise, 
subject to applicable legal restrictions), or by a combination of such means.  

If an optionee ceases to be a director before an option vests, the option will terminate, other than in the case of death, 
disability or resignation required as a condition of a change in control, in which case all outstanding options granted 
as of the date of termination shall vest and immediately become exercisable. Each option expires ten years from the 
date of its grant or earlier in certain circumstances such as death or disability. Options are not transferable at any 
time except in certain circumstances such as transfers to family members. Options that are forfeited or terminated 
will again be available for grant. Shares may be authorized but unissued, currently held or reacquired shares. The 
Board of Directors may amend, terminate or suspend the Plan at any time.  

27 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Plan Benefits  

Under the 2008 Plan, each of the five non-employee directors received options to purchase 2,000 shares of Common 
Stock  upon  initial  appointment  to  the  Board  and  each  non-employee  director  has  received  and  pursuant  to  the 
Amended Directors Stock  Option  Plan, will  continue  to  receive  options  to  purchase  an  additional  2,000  shares of 
Common Stock after the adjournment of each annual stockholders meeting. However, no dollar value is assigned to 
the options because their exercise price is the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.  

General  

The amendment of the 2008 Plan requires the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at the 
Annual Meeting. 

The Board of Directors unanimously recommends a vote FOR Proposal 3, amending the 2008 Sonic Foundry Non-
Employee Directors Stock Option Plan.  

PROPOSAL FOUR: RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS 

The Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Audit Committee, has appointed the firm of Grant Thornton 
LLP (“GT”) as independent auditors to audit our financial statements for the year ending September 30, 2012, and has 
further  directed  that  management  submit  the  selection  of  independent  public  accountants  for  certification  by  the 
stockholders at the annual meeting. Representatives of GT are expected to be present at the annual meeting to respond 
to stockholders' questions and to have the opportunity to make any statements they consider appropriate. 

Stockholder ratification of the selection of GT as our independent auditors is not required by our Bylaws or otherwise.  
However, the Board is submitting the selection of GT to the stockholders for ratification as a matter of good corporate 
practice.  If the stockholders fail to ratify the selection, the Board and the Audit Committee will reconsider whether or 
not  to  retain  that  firm.    Even  if  the  selection  is  ratified,  the  Board  and  the  Audit  Committee  in  their  discretion  may 
direct  the appointment of a different independent accounting firm at  any time during the year if  they determine that 
such a change would be in the best interests of Sonic and its stockholders. 

The ratification of the appointment of GT as independent public accountants requires the approval of a majority of the 
votes cast at the Annual Meeting. 

Recommendation of Board of Directors 

THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  UNANIMOUSLY  RECOMMENDS  A  VOTE  FOR  PROPOSAL  4 
RATIFYING THE APPOINTMENT OF GT AS INDEPENDENT AUDITORS FOR SONIC FOUNDRY.  

28 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Relations with Independent Auditors 

GT has served as our independent public accountants since its appointment in July 2004.  As stated in Proposal 4, the 
Board has selected GT to serve as our independent auditors for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2011.   

Audit services  performed by  GT for Fiscal  2011 and 2010 consisted of the examination of our financial statements, 
review of fiscal quarter results, and services related to filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).  
We  also  retained  GT  to  perform  certain  audit  related  services  associated  with  the  audit  of  our  benefit  plan,  and  tax 
preparation and consultative services associated with the preparation of Federal and State tax returns.  Fiscal 2010 and 
2009 tax fees also included international tax services and additional sales and use tax services.  All fees paid to GT 
were  reviewed,  considered  for  independence  and  upon  determination  that  such  payments  were  compatible  with 
maintaining such auditors’ independence, approved by Sonic’s audit committee prior to performance.  

Fiscal Years 2011 and 2010 Audit Firm Fee Summary 

During fiscal years 2011 and 2010, we retained GT to provide services in the following categories and amounts: 

Audit Fees 
Audit Related 
Tax Fees 
Other Fees 

Years Ended September 30, 
2010 
2011 

$143,900 
11,350 
26,081 

$126,260 
11,440 
15,452 
─ 

All  of  the  services  described  above  were  approved  by  Sonic’s  audit  committee  prior  to  performance.  The  Audit 
Committee may, in its discretion, delegate to one or more of its members the authority to pre-approve any audit or non-
audit services to be performed by the independent auditors, provided that any such approvals are presented to the Audit 
Committee  at  its  next  scheduled  meeting.    The  audit  committee  has  determined  that  the  payments  made  to  its 
independent accountants for these services are compatible with maintaining such auditors’ independence.  

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE 1 

The Audit Committee's role includes the oversight of our financial, accounting and reporting processes, our system of 
internal  accounting  and  financial  controls  and  our  compliance  with  related  legal  and  regulatory  requirements,  the 
appointment,  engagement,  termination  and  oversight  of  our  independent  auditors,  including  conducting  a  review  of 
their  independence,  reviewing  and  approving  the  planned  scope  of  our  annual  audit,  overseeing  the  independent 
auditors' audit work, reviewing and pre-approving any audit and non-audit services that may be performed by them, 
reviewing  with  management  and  our  independent  auditors  the  adequacy  of  our  internal  financial  controls,  and 
reviewing our critical accounting policies and the application of accounting principles. The Audit Committee held five 
meetings during fiscal 2011.  

Mssrs. Kleinman, Burish and Peercy meet the rules of the SEC for audit committee membership and are "independent" 
as that term is used in Item 7(d)(3)(iv) of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act and under Nasdaq listing standards. In 
August 2009, the Board approved revisions to the Audit Committee Charter to reflect new rules and standards set forth 
in certain SEC regulations as well as changes to Nasdaq listing standards. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter is 
available on Sonic’s website.  

1  The  material  in  this  report  is  not  “soliciting  material”,  is  not  deemed  filed  with  the  SEC,  and  is  not  to  be 
incorporated  by  reference  in  any  of  our  filings  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  or  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general 
incorporation language in such filing. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
As set forth in the Audit Committee Charter, management of Sonic is responsible for the preparation, presentation and 
integrity  of  Sonic’s  financial  statements  and  for  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  
Management and the accounting department are responsible for maintaining Sonic’s accounting and financial reporting 
principles and internal controls and procedures designed to assure compliance with accounting standards and applicable 
laws  and  regulations.    The  independent  auditors  are  responsible  for  auditing  Sonic’s  financial  statements  and 
expressing an opinion as to their conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. 

We  have  reviewed  and  discussed  with  our  independent  auditors,  GT,  matters  required  to  be  discussed  pursuant  to 
Statement  on  Auditing  Standards  No. 61  (Communications  with  Audit  Committees).  We  have  received  from  the 
auditors a formal written statement describing the relationships between the auditor and Sonic that might bear on the 
auditor's independence consistent with applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. 
We have discussed with GT matters relating to its independence, including a review of both audit and non-audit fees, 
and considered the compatibility of non-audit services with the auditors' independence.  

The members of the Audit Committee are not full-time employees of Sonic and are not performing the functions of 
auditors or accountants.  As such, it is not the duty or responsibility of the Audit Committee or its members to conduct 
“field work” or other types of auditing or accounting reviews or procedures or to set auditor independence standards.  
Members of the Committee necessarily rely on the information provided to them by management and the independent 
accountants.  Accordingly, the Audit Committee’s considerations and discussions referred to above do not assure that 
the audit of Sonic’s financial statements has been carried out in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, 
that the financial statements are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or that Sonic’s 
auditors are in fact “independent”. 

We have reviewed and discussed with management and GT the audited financial statements. We discussed with GT the 
overall scope and plans of their audit. We met with GT, with and without management present, to discuss results of 
their examination and the overall quality of Sonic’s financial reporting.  
Based on the reviews and discussions referred to above and our review of Sonic’s audited financial statements for fiscal 
2011,  we  recommended  to  the  Board  that  the  audited  financial  statements  be  included  in  the  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, for filing with the SEC.  
Respectfully submitted, 

AUDIT COMMITTEE 
David C. Kleinman, Chair 
Mark D. Burish  
Paul S. Peercy 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS 

Frederick H. Kopko, Jr., a director and stockholder of Sonic Foundry, is a partner in McBreen & Kopko. Pursuant to 
the 1997 Directors' Stock Option Plan, Mr. Kopko has been granted options to purchase 4,000 shares of Common 
Stock  at  exercise  prices  ranging  from  $17.40  to  $37.60  and  was  granted  options  to  purchase  8,000  shares  of 
Common Stock at exercise prices ranging from $5.50 to $14.83 pursuant to the 2008 Non-Employee Directors Plan.  
During  fiscal  2011,  we  paid  the  Chicago  law  firm  of  McBreen  &  Kopko  certain  compensation  for  legal  services 
rendered subject to standard billing rates. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires Sonic's officers and directors, and persons who own 
more  than  ten  percent  of  the  Common  Stock,  to  file  reports  of  ownership  and  changes  in  ownership  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission. Based solely upon a review of Forms 3 and Forms 4 furnished to us pursuant 
to  Rule  16a-3  under  the  Exchange  Act  during  our  most  recent  fiscal  year,  to  Sonic  Foundry's  knowledge,  all 
reporting persons complied with all applicable filing requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, as amended, except with respect with Mr. Burish, who inadvertently filed one late Form 4 report. 

Code of Ethics  

Sonic has adopted a Code of Ethics (as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K) that applies to its principal executive, 
financial and accounting officers.  Sonic Foundry will provide a copy of its code of ethics, without charge, to any 
investor who requests it.    Requests should be addressed in writing to Mr. Kenneth Minor, Corporate Secretary, 222 
West Washington Ave, Madison, WI 53703. 

COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Any stockholder who desires to contact our Board or specific members of our Board may do so electronically by 
sending  an  email  to  the  following  address:  directors@sonicfoundry.com.  Alternatively,  a  stockholder  can  contact 
our  Board  or  specific  members  of  our  Board  by  writing  to:  Secretary,  Sonic  Foundry  Incorporated,  222  West 
Washington Avenue, Madison, WI 53703.  

Each communication received by the Secretary will be promptly forwarded to the specified party following normal 
business procedures. The communication will not be opened but rather will be delivered unopened to the intended 
recipient. In  the  case  of communications  to  the  Board or any  group  or  committee  of  Directors,  the  Secretary  will 
open the communication and will make sufficient copies of the contents to send to each Director who is a member of 
the group or committee to which the envelope is addressed. 

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 2013 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS 

Requirements for Stockholder Proposals to be Considered for Inclusion in Sonic's Proxy Materials. Stockholders of 
Sonic  may  submit  proposals  on  matters  appropriate  for  stockholder  action  at  meetings  of  Sonic's  stockholders  in 
accordance  with  Rule  14a-8  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  For  such  proposals  to  be 
included in Sonic's proxy materials relating to its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, all applicable requirements 
of Rule 14a-8 must be satisfied and such proposals must be received by Sonic no later than the anniversary date of 
120  days  prior  to  the  date  of  this  proxy  statement  (September  26,  2012).  Such  proposals  should  be  delivered  to 
Corporate Secretary, Sonic Foundry, Inc., 222 West Washington Avenue, Madison, Wisconsin 53703. 

Requirements for Stockholders Proposals to be Brought Before the Annual Meeting. 
Sonic's bylaws provide that, except in the case of proposals made in accordance with Rule 14a-8, for stockholder 
nominations to the Board of Directors or other proposals to be considered at an annual meeting of stockholders, the 
stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary not less than ninety nor more than one 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
hundred twenty calendar days prior to the anniversary of the date on which Sonic held its immediately preceding 
annual meeting of stockholders. To be timely for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a stockholder's notice 
must be delivered or mailed to and received by Sonic's Secretary at the principal executive offices of Sonic between 
November 8, 2012 and December 8, 2012. However, in the event that the annual meeting is advanced by more than 
30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from March 7, 2013, to be timely, notice by the stockholders must be so 
received not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the 
close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth calendar day following the 
date  on  which  public  announcement  of  the  date  of  the  annual  meeting  is  first  made.  In  no  event  will  the  public 
announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting of stockholders commence a new time period for the giving 
of  a  stockholder's  notice  as  provided  above.  A  stockholder's  notice  to  Sonic's  Secretary  must  set  forth  the 
information  required  by  Sonic's  bylaws  with  respect  to  each  matter  the  stockholder  proposes  to  bring  before  the 
annual meeting. 

In addition, the proxy solicited by the Board of Directors for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will confer 
discretionary authority to vote on (i) any proposal presented by a stockholder at that meeting for which Sonic has not 
been provided with notice on or prior to the anniversary date of 45 days prior to the date of this proxy statement 
(December 10, 2012) and (ii) any other proposal, if the 2013 proxy statement briefly describes the matter and how 
management's proxy holders intend to vote on it, and if the stockholder does not comply with the requirements of 
Rule 14a-4(c)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Notwithstanding the above, all stockholder proposals 
must comply with the provisions of Sonic’s bylaws. 

OTHER MATTERS 

The Board of Directors has at this time no knowledge of any matters to be brought before this year's Annual Meeting 
other than those referred to above.  However, if any other matters properly come before this year's Annual Meeting, it 
is  the  intention  of  the  persons  named  in  the  proxy  to  vote  such  proxy  in  accordance  with  their  judgment  on  such 
matters. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GENERAL 

A copy of our Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 is being mailed, together 
with this Proxy Statement, to each stockholder.  Additional copies of such Annual Report and of the Notice of Annual 
Meeting,  this  Proxy  Statement  and  the  accompanying  proxy  may  be  obtained  from  us.  We  will,  upon  request, 
reimburse brokers, banks and other nominees, for costs incurred by them in forwarding proxy material and the Annual 
Report to beneficial owners of Common Stock. In addition, directors, officers and regular employees of Sonic and its 
subsidiaries, at no additional compensation, may solicit proxies by telephone, telegram or in person.  All expenses in 
connection  with  soliciting  management  proxies  for  this  year's  Annual  Meeting,  including  the  cost  of  preparing, 
assembling and mailing the  Notice of Annual Meeting, this Proxy Statement and the accompanying proxy are to be 
paid by Sonic. 

Sonic  will  provide  without  charge  (except  for  exhibits)  to  any  record  or  beneficial  owner  of  its  securities,  on 
written  request,  a  copy  of  Sonic's  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2011,  including  the  financial  statements  and  schedules 
thereto.    Exhibits  to  said  report,  and  exhibits  to  this  proxy  statement,  will  be  provided  upon  payment  of  fees 
limited  to  Sonic's  reasonable  expenses  in  furnishing  such  exhibits.    Written  requests  should  be  directed  to 
Investor Relations, 222 West Washington Avenue, Madison, Wisconsin 53703.  We also make available, free of 
charge, at the “Investor Information” section of our website, our annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly 
reports  on  Form  10-Q,  our  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  our  proxy  statement,  amendments  and  exhibits  to 
such  reports  as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  filing  of  such  reports,  exhibits  and  proxy  statements  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission. 

In order to assure the presence of the necessary quorum at this year's Annual Meeting, and to save Sonic the expense of 
further  mailings,  please  date,  sign  and  mail  the  enclosed  proxy  promptly  in  the  envelope  provided.    No  postage  is 
required if mailed within the United States. The signing of a proxy will not prevent a stockholder of record from voting 
in person at the meeting. 

By Order of the Board of Directors, 

January 24, 2012   

Kenneth A. Minor, Secretary  

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank.)

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 

(Mark One) 

FORM 10-K 

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal period ended September 30, 2011 

OR 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File Number 

000-30407 

SONIC FOUNDRY, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

MARYLAND 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or 
organization) 

39-1783372 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

222 W. Washington Ave, Madison, WI 53703 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

(608) 443-1600 
(Issuer's telephone number) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

None 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

Common stock par value $0.01 per share 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   

Yes  

No 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.   

Yes  

No 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  

Yes  

   

No 

Indicate by check  mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained 
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. 

Yes  

No 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if 
any,  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (§ 
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required 
to submit and post such files). 

Yes  

   

No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated 
filer.  See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.   

Large accelerated filer 

  Accelerated filer 

  Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). 

Yes  

No 

 

The aggregate  market value of the registrant’s common stock held by  non-affiliates computed by reference to the 
price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the 
last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $51,399,000.  

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common equity was 3,839,648 as of November 17, 2011.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into 
Part III. A definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A will be filed with the Commission no later than 
January 28, 2012.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              TABLE OF CONTENTS  

                   PAGE NO. 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 

Business .................................................................................................................................
Risk Factors ...........................................................................................................................
Unresolved Staff Comments ..................................................................................................
Properties ...............................................................................................................................
Legal Proceedings ..................................................................................................................

PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 

Item 7A. 
Item 8. 

Item 9. 

Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 
Purchases of Equity Securities ...............................................................................................
Selected Consolidated Financial Data ....................................................................................
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations ..............................................................................................................................
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ...............................................
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data: 
Report of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ...............
Consolidated Balance Sheets .................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Operations .................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity ..................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ................................................................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..........................................................................
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 
Disclosure ..............................................................................................................................
Controls and Procedures ........................................................................................................
Other Information ..................................................................................................................

PART III 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .....................................................
Executive Compensation .......................................................................................................
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters ...............................................................................................................
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .......................
Principal Accounting Fees and Services ................................................................................

4 
19 
31 
31 
31 

32 
35 

36 
45 
46 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 

68 
68 
68 

69 
69 

69 
69 
70 

Explanatory Note: 

Effective November 16, 2009, Sonic Foundry, Inc. implemented a one-for-ten reverse split of its stock.  All share 
amounts  and  per  share  data  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  have  been  adjusted  to  reflect  this  reverse  stock 
split. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

When  used  in  this  Report,  the  words  “anticipate”,  “expect”,  “plan”,  “believe”,  “seek”,  “estimate”  and  similar 
expressions  are  intended  to  identify  forward-looking  statements.    These  are  statements  that  relate  to  future 
periods and include, but are not limited to, statements about the features, benefits and performance of our Rich 
Media  products,  our  ability  to  introduce  new  product  offerings  and  increase  revenue  from  existing  products, 
expected  expenses  including  those  related  to  selling  and  marketing,  product  development  and  general  and 
administrative, our beliefs regarding the health and growth of the market for our products, anticipated increase 
in our customer base, expansion of our products functionalities, expected revenue levels and sources of revenue, 
expected  impact,  if  any,  of  legal  proceedings,  the  adequacy  of  liquidity  and  capital  resources,  and  expected 
growth in business.   Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual 
results  to  differ  materially  from  those  projected.    These  risks  and  uncertainties  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 
market  acceptance  for  our  products,  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  customers  and  distribution  partners  for 
existing  and  new  products,  our  ability  to  control  our  expenses,  our  ability  to  recruit  and  retain  employees,  the 
ability of distribution partners to successfully sell our products, legislation and government regulation, shifts in 
technology, global and local business conditions, our ability to effectively maintain and update our products and 
service  portfolio,  the  strength  of  competitive  offerings,  the  prices  being  charged  by  those  competitors,  and  the 
risks  discussed  elsewhere  herein.    These  forward-looking  statements  speak  only  as  of  the  date  hereof.    We 
expressly  disclaim  any  obligation  or  undertaking  to  release  publicly  any  updates  or  revisions  to  any  forward-
looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change 
in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS  

Who We Are 

PART I 

Sonic  Foundry,  Inc.  is  a  web  communications  technology  leader,  providing  webcasting,  lecture  capture  and 
knowledge management solutions for higher education institutions, businesses and government agencies worldwide. 
Powered by our patented webcasting platform, Mediasite®, Sonic Foundry empowers people to transform the way 
they  communicate.  We  help  our  customers  connect  within  a  dynamic,  evolving  world  of  shared  knowledge  and 
envision  a  future  where  learners  and  workers  around  the  globe  use  webcasting  to  bridge  time  and  distance; 
accelerate  research,  productivity  and  growth;  and  reduce  the  environmental  impact  of  traditional  education  and 
business  communications.  

Sonic Foundry solutions include: 
•  Mediasite Recorders for capturing multimedia presentations 
•  Mediasite EX Server platform for streaming, archiving and managing online presentation content 
•  Mediasite Events for turnkey meeting, conference and event webcasting services based on the Mediasite 

platform 

•  Mediasite Services for hosting, installation, training and custom development 
•  Mediasite Customer Assurance for annual hardware and software maintenance and technical support  

Today, over 2,300 customers using more than 5,500 Mediasite Recorders in presentation venues around the world 
are capturing hundreds of thousands of multimedia presentations with millions of viewers.  

Sonic Foundry, Inc. was founded in 1991, incorporated in Wisconsin in March 1994 and merged into a Maryland 
corporation  of  the  same  name  in  October  1996.  Our  executive  offices  are  located  at  222  West  Washington  Ave., 
Madison,  Wisconsin  53703  and  our 
is 
www.sonicfoundry.com. In the “Investor Information” section of our website we make available, free of charge, our 
annual  report  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports  on  Form  8-K  and  amendments  to 
reports required to be filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as 
reasonably practicable after the filing of such reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

is  (608)  443-1600.  Our  corporate  website 

telephone  number 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Challenges We Address 

Every  organization  faces  a  fundamental  need  to  communicate  information  efficiently  to  individuals  who  need  it. 
Universities  and  colleges  need  to  connect  instructors  with  students  for  advanced  learning.  Corporations  strive  for 
successful communication and collaboration among colleagues to provide value to customers. Government agencies 
must keep partners, stakeholders and constituents informed to operate effectively. And yet, communication and e-
learning challenges remain, including: 

Ensuring students’ academic and professional success 
•  Enabling learners to watch or review course material  to improve retention and positively impact grades 
•  Providing distance learners with the same quality education as on-campus students 
•  Helping students balance education, career and family commitments 
• 
•  Capturing complex graphics where visual clarity is essential for learning 

Increasing enrollment without the expense of new classrooms and facilities 

Connecting with a geographically-dispersed audience 
•  Simultaneously addressing people in multiple locations 
•  Holding meetings, conferences and events when it is not feasible for everyone to attend  
•  Transmitting timely information that is crucial for all to receive  
•  Requiring employees, regardless of time zone or schedule, to attend training  

Increasing retention by avoiding distractions, interruptions or absence 

Improving productivity and overall organizational knowledge 
•  Avoiding the need for participants to leave their desks to attend a conference, meeting or training 
•  Maintaining productivity while in training 
•  Reducing time to train new hires 
• 
•  Keeping everyone on the same page to prevent false starts and forgotten directives 
•  Documenting meeting content for later review 
•  Extending the life and value of conferences, meetings and events 
•  Maintaining a rich library of organizational knowledge 
•  Documenting and preserving expertise from a retiring workforce 

Reducing logistical and financial impacts 
•  Cutting travel expenses and carbon footprints 
•  Eliminating repetition of the same presentation to different audiences 
•  Reducing repeated costs for printing, mailing and meeting expenses 
•  Enabling individuals to attend professional conferences in light of travel bans and budget cuts 

Avoiding cumbersome and restrictive technologies 
•  Maintaining the way presenters present without requiring technical expertise in presentation systems 
•  Capturing  and  sharing  knowledge  in  real-time  without  pre-authoring  or  pre-uploading  of  content  or  needing 

substantial post-production time 

•  Removing significant time and specialized expertise to manage presentation systems 

Sonic Foundry Solutions 

Sonic Foundry is changing the way organizations share and use information. Our solutions include: 
•  Mediasite Recorders for capturing multimedia presentations 
•  Mediasite EX Server platform for streaming, archiving and managing online presentation content 
•  Mediasite Events for turnkey meeting, conference and event webcasting services based on the Mediasite 

platform 

•  Mediasite Services for hosting, installation, training and custom development 
•  Mediasite Customer Assurance for annual hardware and software maintenance and technical support 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Mediasite  Recorders  are  designed  with  presenters  in  mind.  They  automatically  record  what  presenters  say  and 
show,  without  changing  how  they  present,  and  webcast  it  online.  Mediasite  Recorders  streamline  the  capture  and 
delivery of any presenters’ video and any presentation images shown from any presentation source such as a laptop, 
tablet,  document  camera,  whiteboard  or  even  medical  instrumentation.  The  result  is  high  resolution,  interactive 
presentations that can be immediately  watched  via the  web on a computer or mobile device –  live or on-demand. 
With the industry’s simplest workflow, Mediasite Recorders eliminate time-consuming authoring, slide uploads and 
post-production  work.  Plus,  seamless  integration  with  existing  audio/video  and  educational  technology  means 
organizations can confidently scale multimedia webcasting throughout their academic or corporate enterprise. 

We offer Mediasite Recorders for the following environments: 
•  A  room-based  Mediasite  Recorder  (RL  Series)  for  presentation  facilities  like  conference  and  training  rooms, 

lecture halls, auditoriums and classrooms 

•  A mobile Mediasite Recorder (ML Series) for portability to off-site events, conferences, trade shows or multiple 

venues throughout an organization 

Mediasite EX Server is a powerful platform for delivering and managing live and on-demand webcasts. It greatly 
simplifies content management by providing a single system to schedule, catalog, customize, secure, track and 
integrate recorded presentations. It brings order and control to valuable content libraries by making it easy to 
manage hundreds of system users, thousands of recorded hours and as many viewers as needed. 

Mediasite EX Server allows organizations to: 

•  Save time and staffing by scheduling presentations to be automatically recorded without an operator  
•  Customize and brand their presentation content  
•  Automatically create online content catalogs without web development or integration skills 
•  Save valuable time,  improve content retention and enhance productivity by empowering viewers with search 
capabilities that pinpoint key words anywhere in their presentation library and play back relevant content where 
search terms occur 

Incorporate audience interactivity through polls and Q&A  

•  Secure presentations and Mediasite system access for authorized users  
• 
•  Track and report on viewing activity to see who is watching what presentations when and to analyze viewing 
patterns that may correlate to improved learning outcomes, increased performance or program effectiveness 
•  Centrally  monitor  and  control  the  recording  functions  of  multiple  Mediasite  Recorders  for  increased  operator 

• 

efficiency 
Integrate  Mediasite  content  into  other  course/learning/content  management  systems,  portals,  blogs  or  online 
communities 

•  Extend their rich media content to users with vision or hearing impairments through support for closed captions 

and screen readers, while also meeting federal or state accessibility requirements 

•  Leverage existing network technologies for content distribution efficiency and performance 
•  Reliably scale to meet the webcasting needs of departmental and enterprise-wide implementations alike 
•  Choose  the  deployment  model  that  best  suits  their  environment,  whether  on-premise  or  hosted  in  the  Sonic 

Foundry datacenter 

Mediasite Events equips customers with a team of trained technicians who work on-site to webcast conferences and 
events.  Event webcasting: 

•  Enhances attendee experience with online presentation catalogs 
•  Reaches a wider audience, making presentations available to those not able to attend 
•  Brands presentations using organization logos, colors and messages 
•  Provides a real-time record of what took place 
•  Links handout materials with the full presentation, including audio, video and graphics 
•  Offers sample content to entice new attendees to participate 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Mediasite  Services  enable  organizations  to  quickly  and  easily  take  advantage  of  the  Mediasite  platform,  without 
having to wade through the IT or network complexities associated with their own infrastructure. Mediasite Services 
include: 

•  Hosting or Software as a Service (SaaS): Our pay-as-you-go service offerings provide content hosting, delivery 
and  management  of  Mediasite  content  using  Sonic  Foundry’s  data  center  and  infrastructure.  These  managed 
services allow organizations of all sizes to jump start their web communications initiatives quickly and simply. 
They  provide  a  low-risk  way  to  implement  online  multimedia  communications  before  bringing  hosting 
requirements in-house and can offer a hassle-free long-term solution.  
Installation: Sonic Foundry provides onsite consulting and installation services to help customers optimize their 
deployment and efficiently  integrate Mediasite  within their existing  AV and IT infrastructures, processes and 
workflows.   

• 

•  Training:  To  maximize  customers’  return  on  investments,  skilled  trainers  provide  the  necessary  knowledge 
transfer  so  organizations  feel  confident  in  using,  managing  and  leveraging  Mediasite’s  capabilities.  On-site 
training  is  customized  to  specific  requirements  and  skill  levels,  while  online  training  provides  convenient 
anytime access to a web-based catalog of training modules.  

•  Custom  Development:  Sonic  Foundry  streamlines  how  Mediasite  interfaces  with  a  customer’s  specific 
technologies, internal policies, workflow or content delivery systems through project-based development. 

Mediasite  Customer  Assurance  provides  customers  annually  renewable  maintenance  and  support  plans  for  their 
Mediasite solutions – giving them access to Sonic Foundry technical expertise and Mediasite software updates. With 
a Mediasite Customer Assurance contract, customers are entitled to: 

•  Software upgrades and updates for Mediasite Recorders and Servers 
•  Unlimited technical support assistance 
•  Extension of their recorder hardware warranty 
•  Advanced recorder hardware replacement 
•  Authorized  access  to  the  Mediasite  Customer  Assurance  Portal  where  they  can  access  software  downloads, 

documentation, knowledge base articles, tutorials, online training and technical resources at any time.  

Nearly all our customers purchase a Customer Assurance plan when they purchase Mediasite Recorders or Servers.  

What Sets Mediasite Apart? 

•  Market Leadership – Two leading industry analyst firms recognize Sonic Foundry’s Mediasite as the leading, 
best-of-breed platform for lecture capture. Frost & Sullivan awarded Sonic Foundry three consecutive Market 
Share Leadership Awards for Lecture Capture in 2010, 2009 and 2007 (no report was published in 2008). The 
Frost & Sullivan Award for Market Share Leadership is presented to the company that demonstrates excellence 
in capturing the highest  market share  within its industry and recognizes the company’s  leadership position in 
terms of revenues or units. Wainhouse Research also recognizes Mediasite as a streaming and lecture capture 
market  leader  for  distance  education  and  e-learning  in  their  report,  The  Distance  Education  and  e-Learning 
Landscape V2 (December 2008). Among Wainhouse’s evaluation criteria are innovation, market understanding, 
overall  viability,  product  strategy  and  customer  experience.  According  to  the  report,  Sonic  Foundry  ranks 
highest  from  the  perspective  of  product  offering  depth  and  ranks  among  the  leaders  in  its  ability  to  execute. 
Mediasite  has  also  been  voted  the  Best  Webcasting  Platform  in  the  last  four  consecutive  Streaming  Media 
Readers’  Choice  Awards  (2007-present),  and  named  2011  Best  Video  Capture,  Production  and  Publishing 
Solution by eLearning! Magazine. 

•  Ease  of  use  –  We  believe  that  presenters  should  not  need  to  know  anything  about  the  technology  that  is 
facilitating their online communication. Automated or schedule-based recording simplifies what has previously 
been a technical and complex workflow. As a result, presenters can present as they normally do, which enables 
non-technical,  line  of  business  and  subject  matter  experts  to  feel  comfortable  communicating  via  Mediasite. 
Similarly, viewers need nothing more than a web browser to watch Mediasite presentations. 

•  Comprehensive  content  management  –  We  understand  the  need  to  bring  order  to  a  growing  presentation 
library so content can be found, used and re-purposed to derive maximum value. Organizations must find ways 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

to manage that content, and Sonic Foundry believes a complete solution focuses not only on the recording of 
knowledge, but also the retention and management of that knowledge in a system specifically designed for rich 
media.  Mediasite automatically creates searchable online catalogs that index and organize presentations  with 
customizable playback experiences.  With integration support for leading enterprise directories, all content can 
be  secured  to  allow/deny  access  to  specific  groups  or  individuals  based  on  roles  and  permissions.    Mediasite 
also allows organizations to track and generate reports for every presentation and/or user of the system, letting 
them see exactly who is watching what, when and how long.   

•  Reliability  –  Whether  starting  at  the  department  level  with  a  couple  rooms  or  at  the  enterprise  level  with  a 
campus- or company-wide implementation,  Mediasite  was  developed to be the single platform to confidently 
and  reliably  scale  to  organizations’  webcasting  needs.  More  than  2,300  customers  around  the  world  trust 
Mediasite and its proven design to  webcast critical information, enrich daily communications and retain their 
organizational knowledge.   

•  Dynamic multimedia experience – The Mediasite experience takes into account different individual learning 
styles – auditory, visual and kinesthetic – providing an interactive format that engages the viewer via different 
modalities to increase content comprehension and retention. Many other webcast solutions focus on PowerPoint 
as the predominant or only source of content and may not support video.  We understand that learning materials 
and supporting visuals come in many different forms, and Mediasite Recorders’ flexible capture options support 
input from any laptop , tablet, whiteboard, document camera, medical instrumentation and more.  In November 
2006,  the  United  States  Patent  and  Trademark  Office  granted  Sonic  Foundry  a  patent  on  Mediasite’s  unique 
method  to  capture  and  automatically  index  and  synchronize  what  the  presenter  says  (audio  and  video)  with 
visual  aids  (RGB-based  presentation  content)  and  instantly  stream  them  both  over  the  Internet.    Mediasite  is 
also  the  first  lecture  capture  solution  to  offer  Microsoft®  Silverlight®-enabled  and  HTML5-enabled  Players 
which provide a more dynamic, user-controlled viewing experience. Adding to Mediasite’s interactivity is the 
ability to incorporate polls, Q&A or links to other related reference materials supporting the learning process. 
Support  for  video  closed  captioning  benefits  those  with  hearing  disabilities,  but  also  empowers  users  with 
powerful  keyword  search  to  pinpoint  and  play  back  content  of  interest  within  a  Mediasite  presentation, 
Mediasite Catalog or an entire Mediasite library.  

•  Software as a Service (SaaS) deployment option – To minimize IT challenges, network infrastructure issues 
and expertise required to install, configure and maintain Mediasite within the enterprise, Sonic Foundry hosting 
provides  organizations  a  low-risk  method  of  using  the  complete  Mediasite  platform  within  a  state-of-the-art 
datacenter. 

•  Customer  support  –  Sonic  Foundry  and  the  growing  Mediasite  community  provide  a  reliable,  collaborative 
support  network  for  all  Mediasite  customers.  Our  breadth  of  field-based  system  engineers  and  responsive 
customer care ensure that customers have readily available resources committed to their success.  The Mediasite 
User  Group  (MUG)  is  one  of  the  most  vibrant,  diverse  and  rapidly  expanding  user  communities  for  lecture 
capture,  online  training  and  e-learning.  MUG  members  share  ideas  and  get  feedback  year-round  from 
community  experts  through  online  forum  discussions,  participate  in  live  quarterly  meetings  to  exchange  best 
practices and network at UNLEASH, the annual Mediasite User Conference.   

Sonic Foundry Solutions in Higher Education and the Enterprise  

Sonic Foundry solutions are rapidly emerging as the standard for recording, delivering and managing one-to-many 
multimedia webcasts for higher education and corporate, healthcare or government enterprises 

Sonic Foundry solutions in higher education:  
Among post-secondary institutions, Mediasite is used for: 
•  Online lectures (blended/hybrid learning): students review content outside of in-class instruction  
•  Distance learning: off-campus students learn remotely online  
•  Continuing education: professionals learn online or supplement classroom experiences  
•  Special events: commencement, guest speakers, sporting events 
•  Faculty training and development 
•  Research and collaboration: faculty document and present findings  
•  Recruitment and orientation: campus tours, financial aid instructions University business: leadership meetings, 

alumni relations, outreach 

8 

 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Through interviews, many higher education institutions report that Mediasite: 
• 

Improves student learning outcomes 
o  Lets students watch and re-watch presentations at their convenience, boosting information retention 
o  Replicates the in-class experience for online students or those unable to attend class 
o  Contributes to enhanced grades 
o  Caters to different learning modalities  
•  Enables their institution to remain competitive 

o  Allows quick development and delivery of cost-effective online programs 
o  Supports higher enrollment and/or tuition without new classrooms 
o 
o  Helps attract students and faculty 

Improves student retention and matriculation 

•  Empowers faculty 

o  Allows them to teach as usual without learning new technology 
o  Promotes greater in-class interactivity rather than copious note-taking  
o 
o  Enables knowledge sharing and collaboration with colleagues 
o  Supports time-shifting, letting faculty travel to conferences or present findings without missing class 

Improves student outcomes 

•  Boosts campus outreach 

o  Bolsters recruitment efforts 
o 
o  Enhances alumni relations 

Increases awareness and reach of campus events 

Given the technology pedigree of today’s college students, this move to online learning makes perfect sense as these 
students have never known a world without personal computers, mobile devices and the web. The delivery options 
for a modern education are akin to the electronic delivery of music that emerged several years ago. Students demand 
immediate access to their coursework regardless of time or place.  

Recent  trends  such  as  the  slowing  economy  and  lingering  high  fuel  prices  continue  to  drive  more  students, 
particularly adult learners, to online education – through enrollment in blended or hybrid courses with a traditional 
on-campus  component  or  through  fully  online  distance  learning  programs.    Historically,  graduate  programs  and 
STEM  (science,  technology,  engineering  and  math)-oriented  degree  programs  in  schools  of  medicine,  nursing, 
engineering  or  business  have  comprised  the  majority  of  our  academic  customer  base.  We  are  now  experiencing 
heightened market demand for lecture capture within undergraduate and community college programs as well.  

According to the Sloan Consortium report, Class Differences: Online Education in the United States, 2010, online 
enrollments  the  past  several  years  have  been  growing  considerably.  The  21  percent  growth  rate  for  online 
enrollments far exceeds the 2 percent growth of the overall higher education student population. The survey of more 
than 2,500 colleges and universities nationwide finds more than one in four students –   approximately 5.6 million – 
were  enrolled in at least one online course in the fall 2009 term, one million more than in the fall 2008 term. Over 
three-quarters of survey respondents from public institutions report that online learning is as good as or better than 
face-to-face instruction Three-quarters of institutions also report that the economic downturn has increased demand 
for existing online courses and programs.   Almost two-thirds of for-profit institutions now say that online learning 
is  a  critical  part  of  their  long  term  strategy,  with  60  percent  of  academic  leaders  reporting  there  is  increasing 
competition for online students. 

Similarly, the National Center for Education Statistics released a Stats in Brief report from the U. S. Department of 
Education,  Learning  at  a  Distance:  Undergraduate  Enrollment  in  Distance  Education  Courses  and  Degree 
Programs  (October  2011),  showing  that  the  percentage  of  undergraduates  enrolled  in  at  least  one  online  class 
increased from 8 percent to 20 percent between 2000 and 2008. 

Community colleges, specifically, have significantly increased their number of blended or hybrid and web-enhanced 
courses. The  Instructional Technology  Council’s  “2010 Distance Education Survey  Results: Trends in eLearning: 
Tracking the Impact of eLearning at Community Colleges (May 2011)” reported a nine percent increase in distance 
education enrollments, higher than the seven percent increase in overall higher education student enrollment. Over 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

20  percent  of  community  colleges  offer  blended/hybrid  courses  –  up  15  percent  from  last  year.  Factors  cited  for 
contributing to the increase in elearning enrollments include downturn in the economy (37 percent), typical growth 
for distance education classes (39 percent) and new enrollment initiatives (12 percent). The study also showed that 
overall, 77 percent of community colleges offer audio/video streaming, and another 9  percent plan to offer in  the 
next year.  

According to The Campus Computing Project’s  Campus Computing2010: The 21st National Survey of Computing 
and  Information  Technology  in  American  Higher  Education,  sixty  percent  of  all  universities  agree/strongly  agree 
that “lecture capture is an important part of our campus plan for developing and delivering instructional content.”   

In their 2010 21st Century Campus Report (June 2010), CDW-G reports multimedia content streaming is one of the 
top  five  technologies  identified  by  students,  faculty  and  staff  as  extremely  important  to  today’s  college  students. 
According to student responses, 44 percent of high school students want to use recorded class lectures in college, 
and of IT professionals surveyed, 61 percent of institutions currently offer virtual learning opportunities. 

Analysts predict the lecture capture market will more than triple over the next six years. Frost & Sullivan analysts 
estimate lecture capture revenues  will reach over $192 million by 2016, exhibiting a nearly 22 percent compound 
annual  growth  rate  (CAGR)  for  the  six-year  period  (World  Lecture  Capture  Solutions  Markets  report,  2010). 
Wainhouse  Research  predicts  in  “Differentiating  Higher  Ed  and  Primary/Secondary  Applications:  Why  Key 
Technologies Vary in Acceptance and Adoption” (September 2010), “lecture capture is now and will remain one of 
the  most deployed new classroom technologies in  higher education over the next three to five  year period.” They 
report  29  percent  of  higher  education  survey  respondents  indicate  they  are  using  “some”  lecture  capture,  with  42 
percent at “mainstream” usage.   

In  September  2008,  Sonic  Foundry  sponsored  a  research  project  with  the  University  of  Wisconsin  E-Business 
Institute which resulted in the study, Insights Regarding Undergraduate Preference for Lecture Capture. A survey 
was  sent  to  29,078  undergraduate  and  graduate  students  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin-Madison  in  April  2008. 
Average response rate exceeded 25 percent. Of the survey participants, a significant number of undergraduates (47 
percent) have taken a class in  which lectures  were recorded and made available online.  Eighty-two percent of the 
undergraduates  in  the  sample  strongly  preferred  a  course  that  records  and  streams  lecture  content  online  versus  a 
course  that  only  features  in-room  instruction.  Students  reported  better  retention,  improved  ability  to  review  for 
exams and greater engagement during classes with lecture capture. Over half of the undergraduates indicated that, 
even after course completion, having course material available online would be important and that there was interest 
in accessing online material in their professional lives. Over 60 percent of the sample was willing to pay for lecture 
capture services. Of those willing to pay, the majority of undergraduates (69 percent) expressed a preference to pay 
on a course-by-course basis rather than having lecture capture fees bundled with existing technology fees. 

Several universities have conducted their own independent studies to assess the impact of Mediasite on student 
performance. This year, the University of Maryland-Baltimore Dental School announced new independent survey 
results demonstrating the positive impact of Mediasite on student outcomes. A Mediasite campus since 2006, the 
school compiled several years of student surveys after amassing five-thousand captures with half a million views. 
The latest results come from feedback by 118 graduating seniors and are available in the webinar, “Evaluating 
Lecture Capture's Impact on Student Outcomes” which can be viewed athttp://sofo.com/ada52. 

Student survey results reveal: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

97% felt Mediasite made it easier to learn 
73% used a combination of in-class lectures and Mediasite to enhance their studies 
98% indicated they watched most or all of the lectures online 
40% said Mediasite helped them prepare for the boards 
50% agreed or strongly agreed that lecture capture attracted them to the Dental School 
74% would recommend the dental school to potential students because of Mediasite 
95% expressed satisfaction with Mediasite 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

During the spring semester of 2008, the University of New Mexico surveyed almost a thousand undergraduate and 
distance education students about their Mediasite usage and found: 
• 
• 
• 

90 percent of respondents “agreed” or “strongly agreed” that Mediasite should be available for other courses 
62 percent of students used Mediasite at least half of the time or more to review or watch lectures 
77 percent had “good” or “excellent” experiences using Mediasite, and 77 percent of respondents “agreed” or 
“strongly agreed” that Mediasite was easy to use 
85 percent described the quality of the Mediasite recordings as “good” or “excellent” 
42 percent used Mediasite to review lectures due to absence, but several students noted they never missed class 
54 percent used Mediasite to review for quizzes and exams “often” or “always” with 30 percent “always” using 
Mediasite to review 
67  percent  responded  they  “agreed”  or  “strongly  agreed”  that  Mediasite  improved  their  overall  learning  of 
course content 
56  percent  responded  they  “agreed”  or  “strongly  agreed”  that  Mediasite  improved  their  overall  grade  in  the 
course 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

Penn State Hershey Medical Center and College of Medicine, a Mediasite campus since January 2004, deployed a 
pilot program at the onset of the 2007-2008 academic year to record lectures to first year medical students. During 
this academic year, lectures were viewed a total of 22,451 times, averaging 59.1 views per lecture by a class of 154 
students.  Mediasite  use  increased  throughout  the  academic  year,  with  97  percent  of  students  using  Mediasite  to 
review lectures by the semester's end. Almost half of the students surveyed (41 percent) cited reviewing complicated 
material  as  the  number  one  motivator  for  using  Mediasite.  The  majority  (88  percent)  agreed  that  Mediasite  helps 
them  achieve  their  educational  goals.  Much  fewer  (25  percent)  said  podcasting  had  the  same  effect.  Faculty 
members  reported  that  recording  their  lectures  did  not  decrease  class  attendance.  The  survey  also  revealed  a 
correlation between the grading method and the use of Mediasite. Students watch lectures more often via Mediasite 
for classes where grades are awarded as honors, high pass, pass and fail versus simply pass/fail. 

The  Paul  Merage  School  of  Business  at  the  University  of  California,  Irvine,  surveyed  students  in  its  2007-2008 
MBA for Executives and MBA  for Health Care Executives programs. Ninety-one percent used Mediasite to view 
lectures,  71  percent  found  they  were  more  engaged  in  lectures  when  they  didn’t  have  to  focus  on  taking  copious 
notes and 83 percent said they learned more in courses when lectures  were available on demand. The survey also 
determined that 93 percent of the students would choose an MBA program that produces Mediasite course content 
over  a  school  with  traditional  in-class  instruction  alone.  Furthermore,  82  percent  would  pay  higher  tuition  for  a 
program that streams and archives instruction, with almost half willing to pay between $2,000 and $5,000 more for 
their two-year degree.  
To remain relevant, colleges and universities are striving to differentiate themselves through technical leadership as 
a means to attract these tech-savvy students, while balancing their campus technology improvements with systems 
that  faculty  will  embrace  and  adopt.  As  a  result,  the  education  market  is  beginning  to  restructure  and  increase 
investments  around  online  learning.  We  believe  the  visible  integration  of  multimedia  learning  content  into  core 
university applications and the success of bundled online learning technology  solutions  are two healthy indicators 
for the widespread adoption of online campus lectures.  

To  date,  Sonic  Foundry  has  installed  Mediasite  in  large  lecture  halls,  auditoriums  and  classrooms  of  campuses 
nationwide.  We  now  see  more  and  broader  expansions  and  integrations  of  Mediasite  at  the  campus-wide  level. 
Course  and  learning  management  systems  like  Blackboard®,  Moodle,  Desire2Learn®,  Angel,  or  Sakai  are 
ubiquitous in the education enterprise. As the foundation for e-learning, these systems are rapidly moving beyond 
simply aggregating related course documents (handouts, assignments, course syllabi) to becoming students’ single-
source portal for all course-related materials including recorded multimedia content like online lectures. Mediasite’s 
packaged  integrations  for  Blackboard  and  Moodle,  the  leading  course  management  systems  used  in  higher 
education, address the need to make learning content accessible to students when and where they need it. Similarly, 
video content management platforms are starting to emerge as repositories for campus’ media-centric content. These 
platforms provide additional  opportunities through which to make Mediasite content accessible to faculty, staff or 
students.  

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Sonic Foundry Solutions in the Enterprise:  
Within medium to large corporate, healthcare and government enterprises, Mediasite has numerous applications.  

In corporate enterprises it is used for: 
•  Executive communications: state of the enterprise speeches, all-hands meetings  
•  Workforce development: training, HR briefings, policy documentation 
•  Sales and marketing: demonstrations, product announcements, webinars, channel relations  
• 
•  Customer support: product tutorials, self-guided troubleshooting  
Investor relations: earnings calls, analyst briefings, annual reports 
• 
•  Conferences and events: user group, sales and annual meetings 

Internal knowledge repositories: technical training, research collaboration, user-generated content  

In health-related enterprises it is used for: 
•  Education: continuing medical education, grand rounds, seminars, student/patient simulations 
•  On-demand medical information  
•  Caregiver training 
•  Emergency response coordination 
•  Public health announcements 
•  Research and collaboration  
•  Conferences and events 

In government agencies it is used for:  
•  Program management: relief work, military coordination, emergency preparedness  
•  Community outreach: committee meetings, public safety announcements  
•  Training, workshops and events  
•  Executive and legislative communications: constituent relations, public speeches, debates 

Through interviews across these verticals, enterprise customers report that Mediasite: 
•  Expands training and communications opportunities 

o  Enables them to offer training to more and larger audiences 
o  Captures knowledge from a retiring workforce 
o  Supports the creation and sharing of user-generated content 
o  Aides in building a knowledge library 
o  Extends the life of conferences and events 

•  Cuts travel and meeting expenses 

o  Eliminates redundant speaking engagements 
o  Opens communication channels with dispersed audiences regardless of location or time zone 
o  Provides the ability to address everyone at once  

•  Boosts efficiency 

o  Enables immediate communication of time-sensitive information 
o  Delivers the message directly to the desktop to reduce downtime 
o  Allows participants to watch when it’s convenient to avoid interruptions and increase retention 
o  Reduces new hire training time 

•  Helps build stronger teams 

o  Fosters direct management/employee communications 
o  Supports more frequent, clearer communication with colleagues and staff  
o  Keeps all employees aligned 
o  Cultivates team morale and collaboration 

Less than a decade ago, the only people in the enterprise talking openly about online multimedia were audiovisual 
specialists  in  information  technology  or  media  services  units,  and  even  these  people  were  skeptical  about  what 
benefits streaming would hold for the enterprise. Now, knowledge workers, executives, event planners and people in 
training, sales, human resources and research and development are pushing for online multimedia and webcasting as 
part of their e-learning initiatives. They have a business need to be seen and heard by their colleagues, and the return 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

on investment (ROI) for multimedia online learning is real and measurable.  

Claire Schooley, senior analyst with Forrester Research, Inc., wrote in the April 2009 report, The ROI of eLearning, 
“Online learning earns companies a positive  ROI  in less than a  year. If  you have a business that  is  spread across 
many locations, it makes good business sense to implement an online learning program as a replacement for some 
face-to-face learning and as a complement to other instructor-led training in the form of blended learning. Whether 
employees take compliance training, desktop skills development, or leadership training, online learning is flexible, 
consistent, and repeatable  with  minimal travel costs. The keys to success include excellent eLearning content that 
engages the learner; good change management plans for this new way of learning; and technology that is scalable 
and  easy  to  use  to  manage  the  learning.”  She  goes  on  to  state  that  “Outside  of  subject  areas  where  face-to-face 
interaction is necessary, recent research indicates that no significant differences exist in the effectiveness of learning 
through  classroom,  online,  or  self-study.  Self-paced  eLearning  allows  learners  to  assimilate  content  at  their  own 
speed – often 20% to 50% faster than in a classroom” 

Gartner vice president and distinguished analyst, Carol Rozwell, echoes the value of e-learning in the January 2009 
report,  Key  Issues  for  Corporate  Learning  Systems,  2009.    She  states,  “Getting  people  ‘up  to  speed’  quickly  and 
efficiently  is  critical  for  all  roles,  but  especially  for  those  positions  with  a  high  turnover  rate,  such  as  sales  and 
customer  support.  Reducing  ‘time  to  competency’  demands  that  employees,  customers  and  business  partners  are 
connected  to  high-quality  learning  content  so  they  can  achieve  workplace  performance  objectives.  In  times  of 
financial stress, interest in e-learning increases. It gives learners the opportunity for training without the expense of 
travel and it allows the company to support ‘green’ initiatives.” 

In  its  2011  report,  World  Enterprise  Video  Webcasting  Solutions  Market,  industry  analyst  Frost  &  Sullivan,  cites 
several drivers contributing to the growth of the worldwide enterprise video webcasting market: 
•  Video webcasting allows enterprises to reduce costs and enhance communication 
•  Video webcasting is increasingly cheaper to deploy 
•  Video webcasting integrated into the enterprise portal helps enhance shelf life of video content 
•  Maturing capabilities of enterprise IT departments help drive buy-in for video webcasting deployments 
• 

Interactive functionality including tools for reporting and analytics enhance the value proposition of enterprise 
video webcasting 

The  technology  market  for  enterprise  webcasting  solutions  that  support  many  e-learning  and  business 
communications  initiatives  is  growing  as  well.  In  Wainhouse  Research’s,  Enterprise  Streaming  Solutions  Market 
Size and Forecast (June 2011), senior analyst and partner, Ira Weinstein, estimates the enterprise streaming products 
market (which includes content capture and management solutions and related services for installation, training and 
support) to be $503 million in 2011. This market will expand to an estimated $1.424 billion by 2015 with Weinstein 
projecting a CAGR for the period around 29 percent.   

In  the  September  2011  Enterprise  Webcasting  Services  Market  Size  and  Forecast  also  by  Wainhouse  Research, 
Weinstein  estimates  the  2011  market  for  hosted  streaming  application  platforms  supporting  live  virtual  events 
(specifically  excluding  web  conferencing  offerings  and  consumer-focused  video  streaming  services)  to  be  $358 
million. By 2015, Weinstein predicts the market will expand to $925 million, exhibiting a 28 percent CAGR over 
the  four-year  period,  driven  by  increasing  awareness  of  webcasting  as  a  business  application  and  growing 
acceptance of SaaS/hosted webcasting offerings. 

Future Directions 

Because webcasting and lecture capture are becoming an everyday part of the way people work and learn, we are 
driven  to  shorten  the  time  it  takes  people  not  only  to  capture  and  share  their  information  but  also  to  find  the 
information  they  need.  Today,  leading  universities  use  Mediasite  for  lecture  capture  and  corporations  webcast 
training, executive communications and events. We envision a future where people around the globe use webcasting 
to bridge time and distance; accelerate research, productivity and growth; and reduce the environmental impact of 
traditional education and business communications. As a company, we are helping create the libraries of tomorrow 
with technology that does not compound the world’s information overload. We are working to put a human face on 
all online knowledge, and we believe the world will be more knowledgeable and more connected as a result. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Supporting this vision, our ongoing innovations center on: 
•  Supporting ubiquitous content playback on all popular mobile devices. 
•  Developing deployment options to meet the webcasting needs for organizations of all sizes.  This includes:  

- 

Significant  investment,  development  and  evolution  of  our  current  Mediasite  hosting  platform  to  provide 
Software  as  a  Service  (SaaS).    This  alternative  to  traditional  on-premise  deployments  provides  an  ideal 
way  to  minimize  IT  challenges  and  potential  webcasting  risks  while  affordably  extending  high 
performance, fault tolerant webcasting to small and large customers alike. 

-  Content capture  solutions that economically scale across entire organizations, allowing anyone to record 

and share their knowledge or expertise. 

•  Evolving  Mediasite’s  content  management  capabilities  to  accommodate  organizations’  existing  digital  video 

• 

assets. 
Integrating  with  and  embedding  Mediasite  content  into  enterprise  portals,  learning  and  course  management 
systems, content management repositories, blogs or online communities. 

•  Enabling context-based viewing of webcasts within online environments that enable and encourage discussion 

around the content. 

Segment Information 

We  have  determined  that  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  280-10,  we  operate  in  only  one  segment  as  we  do  not 
disaggregate profit and loss information on a segment basis for internal management reporting purposes to our chief 
operating decision maker. Therefore, such information is not presented. 

We have included the cash effect of billings not recorded as revenue, which are deferred for GAAP purposes, in 
arriving at non-GAAP net income or loss.  Our services are typically billed and collected in advance of providing 
the service which requires minimal cost to perform in the future.  Billings are a better indicator of customer activity 
and cash flow than revenue is, in management’s opinion, and is therefore used by management as a key operational 
indicator. Billings is computed by combining revenue with the change in unearned revenue.  Total billings for 
Mediasite product and support outside the United States totaled 25 percent and 19 percent in 2011 and 2010, 
respectively. 

Our largest individual customers are typically value added resellers (“VARs”) and distributors since the majority of 
our  end  users  require  additional  complementary  products  and  services  which  we  do  not  provide.  Accordingly,  in 
fiscal 2011 and 2010 one master distributor, Synnex Corporation (“Synnex”), contributed 24 percent and 32 percent, 
respectively, of total world-wide billings. A second master distributor, Starin Marketing, Inc. (“Starin”), contributed 
26 percent and 22 percent of total world-wide billings in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively.  As master distributors, 
Synnex and Starin fulfill transactions to VARs, end users and other distributors. No other customer represented over 
10 percent of billings in 2011 or 2010. 

Sales  

We  sell  and  market  our  offerings  through  a  sales  force  that  manages  a  channel  of  value-added  resellers,  system 
integrators,  consultants  and  distributors.  These  third  party  representatives  specialize  in  understanding  both 
audio/video  systems  and  IT  networking.  In  fiscal  2011,  we  utilized  two  master  distributors  in  the  U.S.  and 
approximately 150 resellers, and sold our products to over 1,000 total end users. Our focus has been primarily in the 
United  States  and  primarily  to  customers  we  have  identified  as  having  the  greatest  potential  for  high  use;  that  is, 
organizations with presenters, trainers, lecturers, marketers, event planners and leaders who have a routine need to 
communicate  to  many  people  in  higher  education,  government,  health  and  certain  corporate  markets.  Despite  our 
primary  attention  on  the  United  States  market,  reseller  and  customer  interest  outside  the  United  States  has  grown 
and accordingly,  we allocated  five sales professionals to address international demand. To date, we have sold our 
products  to  customers  in  over  50  countries  outside  the  United  States.  Total  billings  for  Mediasite  product  and 
support outside the United States totaled 25 percent and 19 percent in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

Vertical market expansion: Over half our revenue is realized from the education market. Recent trends such as the 
slowing economy are driving more students, particularly adult learners, to seek online education options. Similarly, 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

demand  for  lecture  capture  within  undergraduate,  community  college  and  blended  learning  programs  is 
demonstrating  growth.  This  development  represents  an  emerging  trend  beyond  the  traditional  academic  customer 
base for the company, which has primarily consisted of graduate, distance learning and technical degree programs.  

For  our  higher  education  as  well  as  corporate,  government  and  association  clients,  we  anticipate  weak  economic 
conditions will expand market demand for more outsourced services versus licensed sales. Over the last two years, 
the  company  has  made  extensive  capital  and  technology  investments  to  advance  its  services  model  with  turnkey 
event webcasting, comprehensive hosting/Software as a Service (SaaS), and e-commerce capabilities that position us 
well to deliver more diversified business services. 

With our Mediasite Events group, we continue to see growing demand for conference webcasting and hybrid events 
(conferences  which  combine  both  face-to-face  meeting  and  viewing  over  the  web).  These  event-based 
communication, education and training applications, combined with outsourced webcasting services, are expected to 
drive the company’s corporate sales activities going forward. 

Repeat  orders:  Many  customers  initially  purchase  a  small  number  of  Mediasite  Recorders  to  test  or  pilot  in  a 
department,  school  or  business  unit.  A  successful  pilot  project  and  the  associated  increase  in  webcasting  demand 
from  other  departments  or  schools  leads  to  follow  up,  multiple  Recorder  orders  as  well  as  increased  Mediasite 
Server capacity. In fiscal 2011, 67 percent of billings were to preexisting customers compared to 70 percent in fiscal 
2010. 

Renewals: As is typical in the industry, we offer annual support and maintenance service contract extensions for a 
fee  to  our  customer  base.    Nearly  all  customers  purchase  a  Customer  Assurance  plan  with  their  initial  Mediasite 
Recorders and Servers, and the majority renew their contracts annually. 

Marketing 

Marketing  efforts  span  the  spectrum  of  thought  leadership  and  best  practices  webinars,  tradeshows,  product 
demonstrations, websites, public relations, social media, direct mail, e-mail campaigns, newsletters, print and online 
advertising,  sponsorships,  Mediasite  User  Group  community  building,  annual  user  conference,  brochures,  white 
papers  and  analyst  relations.  We  often  request  and  receive  press  release  quotes  and  written  or  multimedia 
testimonials  from  satisfied,  high-profile  reference  customers,  particularly  those  that  demonstrate  innovative  and 
valuable  uses  of  the  Mediasite  platform  and  Mediasite  Events.  We  solicit  respected  industry  magazines  and  trade 
organizations  to  review  our  product  and  use  advisors  as  introductions  to  new  channels  or  customers.  We  have  a 
large, growing database of potential customers in the education, government and corporate marketplaces and have 
established a process of targeting specific verticals that have a direct and demonstrated need for our offerings. 

Operations 

We contract with third parties to build the hardware of our Mediasite Recorders and purchase quantities sufficient to 
fill specific customer orders, including purchases of inventory by resellers. Quantities are maintained in inventory by 
the third party providers and shipped directly to the end customer or reseller. The hardware manufacturers provide a 
limited one-year warranty on the hardware, which we pass on to our customers who purchase a Mediasite Customer 
Assurance support and maintenance plan. We have alternative sources of manufacturing for some of the products we 
produce and believe there are numerous additional sources and alternatives to the existing production process. We 
have  experienced  delays  in  production  of  our  products  and  component  parts  used  in  our  products  in  the  past  and 
expect to maintain greater quantities of inventory in the future to mitigate the risk of such delays.  To date, we have 
not experienced any material returns due to product defects.  

OTHER INFORMATION 

Competition 

In  the  lecture  capture  and  webcasting  market  we  face  competition  from  various  companies  that  provide  related,  but 
different, communication technologies. These include:   

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

•  Web conferencing solutions (e.g. Adobe, Cisco/WebEx, Microsoft and Citrix). Although part of the overall online 
multimedia  communications  landscape,  these  solutions  are  designed  primarily  for  collaborative  communications 
versus  one-to-many  communications  like  Mediasite.  Many  organizations  acknowledge  that  they  need  both 
technologies  –  one-to-many  webcasting  and  collaborative  web  conferencing  –  to  appropriately  address  their 
different communication requirements. 

•  Video conferencing solutions (e.g. Polycom, TANDBERG (now Cisco) and Sony). These solutions are designed 
primarily  for  one-to-one  or  group  communications  with  high  levels  of  interactivity  and  collaboration.  Like  web 
conferencing,  many  organizations  use  both  video  conferencing  and  webcasting.  Mediasite  integrates  with 
videoconferencing  endpoints  from  Polycom  and  TANDBERG  to  record  and  manage  interactive  meetings, 
discussions and distance learning courses alongside other Mediasite content. 

•  Authoring  tools  (e.g.  Polycom  Accordent    PresenterPLUS  and  TechSmith  Camtasia  ).  Unlike  webcasting,  web 
conferencing  or  video  conferencing,  which  are  forms  of  online  multimedia  communication  that  capture  and 
distribute/stream  content,  these  solutions  are  production-oriented  tools  designed  to  create  and  edit  multimedia 
content  only.  Some  organizations  will  use  these  desktop  tools  to  create  training  content  by  manually  integrating 
existing audio, video, images, branding and other visual elements into a multimedia presentation which can then be 
published to a web or streaming server for distribution. This process can require a significant amount of production 
effort and user expertise in presentation authoring. Mediasite is capable of ingesting content produced by popular 
desktop tools like TechSmith’s Camtasia Relay or in video formats like Windows Media  or H.264, allowing the 
content to be delivered, managed and secured alongside all other Mediasite content. 

•  Online  video  services  and  virtual  meeting  platforms  (e.g.  INXPO,  Livestream,  ON24,  Onstream  Media, 
InterCall, Thomson Reuters, Unisfair and Wall Street Webcasting). These companies offer services or SaaS-based 
platforms  that  either  allow  audio  and  video  to  be  captured  from   a  presenter’s  computer  (often  with  supporting 
materials uploaded in advance), produced streaming video services or 2D/3D virtual environments that may or may 
not include rich media webcasts. 

Other vendors such as Echo360, Tegrity, Panopto, TechSmith, Crestron and  Accordent Technologies (now Polycom), 
provide  lecture  capture  or  webcasting  capabilities,  but  differ  in  their  technology  approach,  particularly  in  the  lecture 
capture arena. Mediasite is an appliance- or room-based platform for lecture capture. It provides a full integrated system 
designed  around  an  automated  purpose-built  recording  appliance  to  capture,  publish  and  manage  rich  media  content. 
This transparent recording automation  means  no presenter intervention  which leads to the broadest end-user adoption 
across campuses.  Room-based appliances are capable of streaming live or on-demand and can leverage the full breadth 
of in-room audio/visual technology. A room-based platform like Mediasite also includes complete content management 
for captured multimedia presentations.  

Other  lecture  capture  solutions  are  implemented  as  software  applications  designed  to  capture  and  publish  rich  media 
content, but dependent upon a third-party content management platform, typically the institution’s course management 
system. Software applications for lecture capture support on-demand streaming only and require in-room PC integration 
with  varying  levels  of  presenter  intervention  and  recording  knowledge  which  may  lead  to  lower  adoption  rates 
throughout the campus.  

Lastly, laptop-resident desktop tools capture and publish non-rich media (limited video and presentation graphics) and 
like software applications support only on-demand streaming and require a third-party content  management platform. 
Desktop tools require the greatest degree of presenter intervention, technical confidence and support. While prevalent on 
many campuses, these three factors limit the practicality for campus-wide adoption. 

Some current and potential customers have developed their own home-grown  webcasting  or lecture capture solutions 
which may compete with Mediasite. However, we often find many of these organizations are now looking for a solution 
that requires less internal maintenance and effort, offers comprehensive management capabilities and a less cumbersome 
workflow.  

The more successful we are in the growing market for lecture capture and webcasting, the more competitors are likely to 
emerge. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include: 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

•  Support for live as well as on-demand streaming to any device type 
•  Ease of use and application transparency to speed user adoption 
•  Complete rich media content management in a single platform 
•  Highly  scalable  appliance-based  approach  requiring  minimal  AV  and  IT  support  to  address  enterprise 

requirements 

•  Reliability and performance  
•  Price 
•  Security of content, applications and services 
•  Ability to integrate with third-party solutions and services 
•  Flexible deployment and acquisition options, including both on-premise and SaaS models, to suit various 

budgets 

•  Breadth and depth of pre- and post-sale customer service and support 
•  A significant reference-able customer base  
•  Ability to introduce new products and services to the market in a timely manner 

Intellectual Property 

The status of United States patent protection in the Internet industry is not well defined and will evolve as the U.S. 
Patent and Trademark Office grants additional patents.  Currently two U.S patents that have been issued to us, and 
four U.S. patent applications  are pending.  We may  seek additional patents in the future.  We do not know if our 
pending patent applications or any future patent application will result in any patents being issued with the scope of 
the  claims  we  seek,  if  such  patents  are  issued  at  all.    We  do  not  know  whether  the  patents  which  were  recently 
approved  or  any  patents  we  may  receive  in  the  future  will  be  challenged,  invalidated  or  be  of  any  value.    It  is 
difficult to monitor unauthorized use of technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect 
our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States, and our competitors may independently develop technology 
similar to ours.  We will continue to seek patent and other intellectual property protections, when appropriate, for 
those aspects of our technology that we believe constitute innovations providing significant competitive advantages.  
Our pending, and any future, patent applications may not result in the issuance of valid patents. 

Our success depends in part upon our rights to proprietary technology.  We rely on a combination of copyright, trade 
secret, trademark and contractual protection to establish and protect our proprietary rights.  We have registered eight 
U.S. and four foreign country trademarks.  We require our employees to enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure 
agreements upon commencement of employment.  Before we will disclose any confidential aspects of our services, 
technology  or  business  plans  to  customers,  potential  business  distribution  partners  and  other  non-employees,  we 
routinely require such persons to enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements.  In addition, we require all 
employees, and those consultants involved in the deployment of our services, to agree to assign to us any proprietary 
information,  inventions  or  other  intellectual  property  they  generate,  or  come  to  possess,  while  employed  by  us.  
Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain 
and  use  our  services  or  technology.    These  precautions  may  not  prevent  misappropriation  or  infringement  of  our 
intellectual property. 

Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our copyrights, trademarks and similar proprietary rights.  In addition, 
we may be subject to claims of alleged infringement of patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties.  
We  may  be  unaware  of  filed  patent  applications  which  have  not  yet  been  made  public  and  which  relate  to  our 
services. 

Intellectual property claims may be asserted against us in the future.  Intellectual property litigation is expensive and 
time-consuming  and  could  divert  management’s  attention  away  from  running  our  business.    Intellectual  property 
litigation  could  also  require  us  to  develop  non-infringing  technology  or  enter  into  royalty  or  license  agreements.  
These royalty or license agreements, if required, may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.  Our failure or 
inability  to  develop  non-infringing  technology  or  license  the  proprietary  rights  on  a  timely  basis  would  harm  our 
business. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Research and Development 

We believe that our  future  success  will depend in part on  our ability to continue to develop new business, and to 
enhance  our  existing  business.  Accordingly,  we  invest  a  significant  amount  of  our  resources  in  research  and 
development activities. During each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, we spent $3.5 million 
and  $3.1  million,  respectively,  on  internal  research  and  development  activities  in  our  business.  These  amounts 
represent 14% and 15%, respectively, of total revenue in each of those years.  

Employees 

At  September  30,  2011  and  2010,  we  had  94  and  90  full-time  employees,  respectively.  Our  employees  are  not 
represented by a labor union, nor are they subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced 
a work stoppage and believe that our employee relations are satisfactory.  

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS  

YOU  SHOULD  CAREFULLY  CONSIDER  THE  RISKS  DESCRIBED  BELOW  BEFORE  MAKING  AN 
INVESTMENT  DECISION.  THE  RISKS  DESCRIBED  BELOW  ARE  NOT  THE  ONLY  ONES  WE  FACE. 
ADDITIONAL RISKS THAT WE ARE NOT PRESENTLY AWARE OF OR THAT WE CURRENTLY BELIEVE ARE 
IMMATERIAL MAY ALSO IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS. OUR BUSINESS COULD BE HARMED BY 
ANY  OR  ALL  OF  THESE  RISKS.  THE  TRADING  PRICE  OF  OUR  COMMON  STOCK  COULD  DECLINE 
SIGNIFICANTLY  DUE  TO  ANY  OF  THESE  RISKS,  AND  YOU  MAY  LOSE  ALL  OR  PART  OF  YOUR 
INVESTMENT.  IN  ASSESSING  THESE  RISKS,  YOU  SHOULD  ALSO  REFER  TO  THE  OTHER  INFORMATION 
CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K, INCLUDING 
OUR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND RELATED NOTES. 

Economic conditions could materially adversely affect the Company. 

The  global  economic  crisis  experienced  since  2008  and  any  continuing  unfavorable  economic  conditions  have 
negatively affected, and could continue to negatively affect, our business, operating results or  financial condition, 
which could in turn affect our stock price. Weak economic conditions and the resulting impact on the availability of 
public funds along with the possibility of state and local budget cuts and reduced university enrollment could lead to 
a  reduction  in  demand  for  our  products  and  services.    In  addition,  a  prolonged  economic  downturn  could  cause 
insolvency of key suppliers resulting in product delays, inability of customers to obtain credit to finance purchases 
of  the  Company’s  products  and  inability  or  delay  of  our  channel  partners  and  other  customers  to  pay  accounts 
receivable owed to us.   

Economic conditions may have a disproportionate effect on the sale of our products. 

Many of our customers will look at the total A/V equipment and labor cost to outfit a typical conference room or 
lecture hall as one amount for budgetary purposes.  Consequently, although our products represent only a portion of 
the total cost, the cost of the entire project of outfitting a room or conference hall may be considered excessive and 
may  not  survive  budgetary  constraints.    Alternatively,  our  resellers  may  modify  their  quotes  to  end  customers  by 
eliminating  our  products  or  substituting  less  expensive  competitive  products  in  order  to  win  opportunities  within 
budget constraints.  Event service partners may similarly suggest that customers eliminate recording and webcasting 
as  a  means  of  reducing  event  cost.    Consequently,  declines  in  spending  by  government,  educational  or  corporate 
institutions  due  to  budgetary  constraints  may  have  a  disproportionate  impact  on  the  Company  and  result  in  a 
material adverse impact on our financial condition. 

Multiple unit deals are needed for continued success. 

We need to sell multiple units to educational, corporate and government institutions in order to sell most efficiently and 
remain  profitable.    In  fiscal  2011,  67%  of  revenue  was  to  existing  customers  compared  to  70%  in  fiscal  2010.    In 
particular,  sales of  multiple  units  to corporate  customers  have  lagged behind results  achieved  in  the  higher  education 
market; consequently,  we have allocated more resources to the higher education market.  While we have addressed a 
strategy to leverage existing customers and close multiple unit transactions, a customer may choose not to make expected 
purchases of our products.  The failure of our customers to make expected purchases will harm our business. 

Manufacturing disruption or capacity constraints would harm our business.  

We subcontract the  manufacture of our  mobile recorders to one third-party contract  manufacturer and subcontract 
the manufacture of our rack recorder and a proprietary component of our recorders to another third-party contract 
manufacturer. Although we believe there are multiple sources of supply from other contract manufacturers as well as 
multiple suppliers of component parts required by the contract manufacturers, a disruption of supply of component 
parts or completed products, even if short term, would have a negative impact on our revenues. Many component 
parts currently have long delivery lead times, requiring careful estimation of production requirements.  Lengthening 
lead times, product design changes and other third party manufacturing disruptions have caused delays in delivery.  
In  order  to  compensate  for  supply  delays,  we  have  sourced  components  from  off-shore  sources,  used  cross 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

component parts, paid for expediting and currently hold substantially larger quantities of inventory than in the past. 
Many of these strategies have increased our costs and may not be sufficient to ensure against production delays. We 
depend  on  our  subcontract  manufacturers  to  produce  our  products  efficiently  while  maintaining  high  levels  of 
quality.  Any manufacturing defects, delay in production or changes in product features will likely cause customer 
dissatisfaction  and  may  harm  our  reputation.    Moreover,  any  incapacitation  of  the  manufacturing  site  due  to 
destruction, natural disaster or similar events could result in a loss of product inventory. As a result of any of the 
foregoing,  we  may  not  be  able  to  meet  demand  for  our  products,  which  could  negatively  affect  revenues  in  the 
quarter of the disruption or longer depending upon the magnitude of the event, and could harm our reputation.  

We may need to raise additional capital. 

At September 30, 2011 we had cash of $5.5 million and availability under our line of credit facility with Silicon Valley 
Bank of $1.9 million.  The Company has historically financed its operations primarily through cash from sales of equity 
securities, cash from operations, and to a limited extent, through bank credit facilities.  The Company has a history of 
operating  losses  prior  to  fiscal  2011  and  historically  used  cash  in  operations  prior  to  fiscal  2010.    The  Company 
improved both metrics with a combination of increased revenue and expense reductions over the last three fiscal years 
and while we expect to continue to increase revenue in fiscal 2012, we also anticipate investing more significantly in 
engineering  and  marketing  resources  and  therefore  increasing  operating  expenses.    The  Company  believes  such 
investments will lead to greater revenue growth in future years but there can be no assurance that our strategy will have 
such an effect on a timely basis, or at all. The Company believes its cash position and available credit is adequate to 
accomplish its business plan through at least the next twelve months. 

We  may  evaluate  further  operating  or  capital  lease  opportunities  or  draw  on  our  term  debt  facility  with  Silicon 
Valley Bank to finance equipment purchases in the future and may utilize the Company’s revolving line of credit or 
term facility to support working capital needs.  While the Company anticipates that it will be in compliance with all 
provisions of our debt facilities, there can be  no assurance that the existing debt facilities  will be available to the 
Company or that additional financing will be available or on terms acceptable to the Company.   

The business environment is not currently conducive to raising additional debt or equity financing and may not improve 
in the near term.  If we borrow money, we may incur significant interest charges, which could harm our profitability.  
Holders  of  debt  would  also  have  rights,  preferences  or  privileges  senior  to  those  of  existing  holders  of  our  common 
stock.  If we raise additional equity, the terms of such financing may dilute the ownership interests of current investors 
and cause our stock price to fall significantly.  We may not be able to secure financing upon acceptable terms, if at all.  If 
we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of 
future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements, which could seriously harm our 
business, operating results, and financial condition   

We have only recently achieved profitability. 

While we reached profitability in two quarters of fiscal 2011 and generated cash from operations of $1.4 million, we may 
not realize sufficient revenues to sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.  For the year ended September 30, 
2011,  we  had  a  gross  margin  of  $17.9  million  on  revenue  of  $25.2  million  with  which  to  cover  selling,  marketing, 
product development and general and administrative costs.  Our selling,  marketing, product development and general 
and  administration  costs  have  historically  been  a  significant  percentage  of  our  revenue,  due  partly  to  the  expense  of 
developing leads and the relatively long period required to convert leads into sales associated with selling products that 
are  not  yet  considered  "mainstream"  technology  investments.    Fluctuations  in  profitability  or  failure  to  maintain 
profitability will likely impact the price of our stock. 

We could lose revenues if there are changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding 
of colleges, universities, schools and other education providers.  

Most of our customers and potential customers are public colleges, universities, schools and other education providers 
who depend substantially on government funding. Accordingly, any general decrease, delay or change in federal, state or 
local  funding  for  colleges,  universities,  schools  and  other  education  providers  could  cause  our  current  and  potential 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

customers to reduce their purchases of our products and services, or to decide not to renew service contracts, either of 
which could cause us to lose revenues. In addition, a specific reduction in governmental funding support for products 
such  as  ours  would  also  cause  us  to  lose  revenues.    The  severe  economic  downturn  experienced  in  the  U.S.  and 
globally has caused many of our clients to experience severe budgetary pressures, which has and will likely continue 
to  have  a  negative  impact  on  sales  of  our  products.  Continuing  unfavorable  economic  conditions  may  result  in 
further budget cuts and lead to lower overall spending, including information technology spending, by our current 
and potential clients, which may cause our revenues to decrease. 

If a sufficient number of customers do not accept our products, our business may not succeed. 

We cannot predict how the market for our products will develop, and part of our strategic challenge will be to convince 
enterprise customers of the productivity, improved communications, cost savings, suitability and other benefits of our 
products.    Our  future  revenue  and  revenue  growth  rates  will  depend  in  large  part  on  our  success  in  delivering  these 
products effectively, creating market acceptance for these products and meeting customer’s needs for new or enhanced 
products.  If we fail to do so, our products will not achieve widespread market acceptance, and we may not generate 
sufficient revenue to offset our product development and selling and marketing costs, which will hurt our business.    

We may not be able to innovate to meet the needs of our target market. 

Our future success will continue to depend upon our ability to develop new products, product enhancements or service 
offerings that address future needs of our target markets and to respond to these changing standards and practices.  The 
success  of  new  products,  product  enhancements  or  service  offerings  depend  on  several  factors,  including  the  timely 
completion, quality and market acceptance of the product, enhancement or service.  Our revenue could be reduced if we 
do not capitalize on our current market leadership by timely developing innovative new products, product enhancements 
or service offerings that will increase the likelihood that our products and services will be accepted in preference to the 
products and services of our current and future competitors.  

If our marketing and lead generation efforts are not successful, our business will be harmed. 

We believe that continued marketing efforts will be critical to achieve widespread acceptance of our products.  Our 
marketing campaigns may not be successful given the expense required.  For example, failure to adequately generate 
and develop sales leads could cause our future revenue growth to decrease.  In addition, our inability to generate and 
cultivate sales leads into large organizations, where there is the potential for significant use of our products, could 
have a material effect on our business.  We may not be able to identify and secure the number of strategic sales leads 
necessary to help generate marketplace acceptance of our products.  If our marketing or lead-generation efforts are 
not successful, our business and operating results will be harmed. 

The length of our sales and deployment cycle is uncertain, which may cause our revenue and operating results to 
vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year. 

During our sales cycle, we spend considerable time and expense providing information to prospective customers about 
the use and benefits of our products without generating corresponding revenue.  Our expense levels are relatively fixed in 
the short-term and based in part on our expectations of future revenue.  Therefore, any delay in our sales cycle could 
cause significant variations in our operating results, particularly because a relatively small number of customer orders 
represent a large portion of our revenue. 

Our largest potential sources of revenue are educational institutions, large corporations and government entities that often 
require  long  testing  and  approval  processes  before  making  a  decision  to  purchase  our  products,  particularly  when 
evaluating our products for inclusion in new buildings  under construction or high dollar transactions.  In general, the 
process of selling our products to a potential customer may involve lengthy negotiations, collaborations with consultants, 
designers and architects, time consuming installation processes and changes in network infrastructure in excess of what 
we or our VARs are able to provide.  As a result, our sales cycle is unpredictable.  Our sales cycle is also subject to 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

delays as a result of customer-specific factors over which we have little or no control, including budgetary constraints 
and internal approval procedures, particularly with customers or potential customers that rely on government funding. 

Our products are aimed toward a broadened user base within our key markets and these products are relatively early in 
their  product  life  cycles.    We  cannot  predict  how  the  market  for  our  products  will  develop  and  part  of  our  strategic 
challenge  will  be  to  convince  targeted  users  of  the  productivity,  improved  communications,  cost  savings  and  other 
benefits.    Accordingly,  it  is  likely  that  delays  in  our  sales  cycles  with  these  products  will  occur  and  this  could cause 
significant variations in our operating results. 

Sales of some of our products have experienced seasonal fluctuations which have affected sequential growth rates 
for these products, particularly in our first fiscal quarter. For example, there is generally a slowdown for sales of our 
products in the higher education and corporate markets in the first fiscal quarter of each year. Seasonal fluctuations 
could negatively affect our business, which could cause our operating results to fall short of anticipated results for 
such quarters.  As such, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenues, operating results and cash 
flows may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. 

Our operating results are hard to predict as a significant amount of our sales typically occur at the end of a quarter 
and the mix of product and service orders may vary significantly. 

Revenue for any particular quarter is extremely difficult to predict with any degree of certainty. We typically ship 
products within a short time after we receive an order and therefore, we typically do not have an order backlog with 
which to estimate  future revenue. In addition, orders  from  our channel partners are based on the level of demand 
from end-user customers. Any decline or uncertainty in end-user demand could negatively impact end-user orders, 
which  could  in  turn  significantly  negatively  affect  orders  from  our  channel  partners  in  any  given  quarter. 
Accordingly, our expectations for both short and long-term future revenue is based almost exclusively on our own 
estimate  of  future  demand  based  on  the  pipeline  of  sales  opportunities  we  manage,  rather  than  on  firm  channel 
partner orders. Our expense levels are based largely on these estimates. In addition, the majority of our orders are 
received  in  the  last  month  of  a  quarter;  thus,  the  unpredictability  of  the  receipt  of  these  orders  could  negatively 
impact our future results. We historically have received all or nearly all our channel partner orders in the last month 
of a quarter and often in the last few days of the quarter. Accordingly, any significant shortfall in demand for our 
products in relation to our expectations, even if the result was a short term delay in orders, would have an adverse 
impact on our operating results.  

We have experienced growing demand for our hosting and event services as well as a growing preference from our 
corporate customers in purchasing our software as a service (SaaS).  As a result, we expect that service billings as a 
percentage of total billings will continue to grow which we believe will ultimately lead to more recurring revenue.  
We subcontract for some services required by our events customers, such as close captioning, and charge for such 
services at a lower margin than other services. The percentage of billings represented by services, provided either 
directly or indirectly, is also likely to fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to seasonality of event services and other 
factors.  Since services are typically billed in advance of providing the service, revenue is initially deferred, leading 
to reduced current period revenue with a corresponding negative impact to profits or losses in periods of significant 
increase in the percentage of our billings for deferred services.   

We are subject to risks associated with our channel partners’ product inventories and product sell-through.  

We sell a significant amount of our products to distributors such as Synnex Corporation and Starin Marketing, Inc., 
as well as other channel partners who maintain their own inventory of our products for sale to dealers and end-users. 
If these channel partners are unable to sell an adequate amount of their inventory of our products in a given quarter 
to dealers and end-users or if channel partners decide to decrease their inventories for any reason, such as a long-
term continuation or increase, in global economic uncertainty and downturn in technology spending, the volume of 
our  sales  to  these  channel  partners  and  our  revenue  would  be  negatively  affected.  In  addition,  if  channel  partners 
decide to purchase more inventory, due to product availability or other reasons, than is required to satisfy end-user 
demand or if end-user demand does not keep pace with the additional inventory purchases, channel inventory could 
grow in any particular quarter, which could adversely affect product revenue in the subsequent quarter. In addition, 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

we also face the risk that some of our channel partners have inventory levels in excess of future anticipated sales. If 
such sales do not occur in the time frame anticipated by these channel partners for any reason, these channel partners 
may substantially decrease the amount of product they order from us in subsequent periods, which would harm our 
business.  

If  stock  balancing  returns  or  price  adjustments  exceed  our  reserves,  our  operating  results  could  be  adversely 
affected. 

We provide some of our distributors with stock balancing return rights, which generally permit our distributors to 
return products, subject to ordering an equal dollar amount of alternate products.  We also provide price protection 
rights  to  most  of  our  distributors.    Price  protection  rights  require  that  we  grant  retroactive  price  adjustments  for 
inventories  of  our  products  held  by  distributors  if  we  lower  our  prices  for  those  products  within  a  specified  time 
period.  To cover our exposure to these product returns and price adjustments, we establish reserves based on our 
evaluation  of  historical  product  trends  and  current  marketing  plans.    However,  we  cannot  be  assured  that  our 
reserves  will  be  sufficient  to  cover  our  future  product  returns  and  price  adjustments.    If  we  inadequately  forecast 
reserves, our operating results could be adversely affected. 

We depend in part on the success of our relationships with third-party resellers and integrators. 

Our  success  depends  on  various  third-party  relationships,  particularly  with  our  international  and  events  services 
operations.  The  relationships  include  third  party  resellers  as  well  as  system  integrators  that  assist  with 
implementations  of  our  products  and  sourcing  of  our  products  and  services.  Identifying  partners,  negotiating  and 
documenting relationships with them and maintaining their relationships require significant time and resources from 
us.  In  addition,  our  agreements  with  our  resellers  and  integrators  are  typically  non-exclusive  and  do  not  prohibit 
them from working with our competitors or from offering competing products or services. We have limited control, 
if any, as to whether these strategic partners devote adequate resources to promoting, selling and implementing our 
products  as  compared  to  our  competitor’s  products.    Our  competitors  may  be  effective  in  providing  incentives  to 
third  parties  to  favor  their  products  or  services.  If  we  are  unsuccessful  in  establishing  or  maintaining  our 
relationships with these third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to maintain or grow our revenue 
could be impaired and our operating results would suffer. 

Our cash flow could fluctuate due to the potential difficulty of collecting our receivables.  

A significant portion of our sales are fulfilled by VARs, regional distributors or master distributors.  As an example, 
50%  of  our  billings  in  2011  were  to  Synnex  Corporation  and  Starin  Marketing  Inc.,  two  master  distributors  who 
fulfill  demand  from  other  distributors,  VARs  or  end-users.    While  our  distributors  and  VARs  typically  maintain 
payment  terms  consistent  with  other  end-users,  a  delay  in  payment  may  occur  as  a  result  of  a  number  of  factors 
including  changes  in  demand,  general  economic  factors,  financial  performance,  inventory  levels  or  disputes  over 
payments.  Any delay from Synnex, Starin, or other large distributors or VARs, could have a material impact on the 
collections of our receivables during a particular quarter.   

We  have  recently  expanded  the  level  of  sales  representation  in  Europe  and  Asia  as  well  as  other  international 
regions.  We offer credit terms to some of our international customers; however, payments tend to go beyond terms 
in certain countries and advances allowable on accounts receivable from international customers under our revolving 
line of credit are calculated using a lower advance rate than domestic receivables and are limited to $500 thousand. 
Therefore, as Europe, Asia and other international regions grow, accounts receivable balances will likely increase as 
compared to previous years and our ability to finance the increase will be limited.   

Accounting regulations and related interpretations and policies, particularly those related to revenue recognition, 
cause us to defer revenue recognition into future periods for portions of our products and services.   

Revenue  recognition  for  our  products  and  services  is  complex  and  subject  to  multiple  sources  of  authoritative 
guidance,  some  of  which  are  new,  as  well  as  varied  interpretations  and  implementation  practices  for  such  rules. 
These rules require us to apply judgment in determining revenue recognition in certain situations. Factors that are 
considered in revenue recognition include those such as vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE), best estimate of 

23 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

selling  price  and  the  inclusion  of  other  services  and  contingencies  to  payment  terms.  We  expect  that  we  will 
continue  to  defer  portions  of  our  service  billings  because  of  these  factors,  and  to  the  extent  that  management’s 
judgment is incorrect it could result in an increase in the amount of revenue deferred in any one period. The amounts 
deferred  may  also  be  significant  and  may  vary  from  quarter  to  quarter  depending  on  the  mix  of  products  sold  or 
contractual terms.  

Additional  changes  in  authoritative  guidance  or  changes  in  practice  in  applying  such  rules  could  also  cause  us  to 
defer the recognition of revenue to future periods or recognize lower revenue. 

Because most of our service contracts are renewable on an annual basis, a reduction in our service renewal rate 
could significantly reduce our revenues.  

Our clients have no obligation to renew their content hosting agreements, customer support contracts or other annual 
service contracts after the expiration of the initial period, which is typically one year, and some clients have elected 
not to do so. A decline in renewal rates could cause our revenues to decline. We have limited historical data with 
respect to rates of renewals, so we cannot accurately predict future renewal rates. Our renewal rates may decline or 
fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including client dissatisfaction with our products and services, our failure 
to update our products to maintain their attractiveness in the market, deteriorating economic conditions or budgetary 
constraints or changes in budget priorities faced by our clients.  

Because we generally recognize revenues ratably over the term of our service contracts, downturns or upturns in 
service transactions will not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods.  

We recognize most of our revenues from  service contracts monthly over the terms of their agreements, which are 
typically 12 months, although terms have ranged from less than one month to 48 months. As a result, much of the 
service  revenue  we  report  in  each  quarter  is  attributable  to  agreements  entered  into  during  previous  quarters. 
Consequently, a decline in sales, client renewals or market acceptance of our products in any one quarter will not 
necessarily be fully reflected in the revenues in that quarter and will negatively affect our revenues and profitability 
in  future  quarters.  This  ratable  revenue  recognition  also  makes  it  difficult  for  us  to  rapidly  increase  our  revenues 
through  additional  sales  in  any  period,  as  revenues  from  new  clients  must  be  recognized  over  the  applicable 
agreement term.  

There is a great deal of competition in the market for our products, which could lower the demand for our products. 

The market for our products and services is intensely competitive, dynamic and subject to rapid technological change.  
The intensity of the competition and the pace of change are expected to increase in the future.  Increased competition is 
likely to result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any one of which could seriously 
harm our business.  Competitors vary in size and in the scope and breadth of the products and services offered, many of 
which have greater financial resources than we have.  We encounter competition with respect to different aspects of our 
solution from a variety of sources including:   

•  Web conferencing solutions (e.g. Adobe, Cisco/WebEx, Microsoft and Citrix). Although part of the overall online 
multimedia  communications  landscape,  these  solutions  are  designed  primarily  for  collaborative  communications 
versus  one-to-many  communications  like  Mediasite.  Many  organizations  acknowledge  that  they  need  both 
technologies  –  one-to-many  webcasting  and  collaborative  web  conferencing  –  to  appropriately  address  their 
different communication requirements. 

•  Video conferencing solutions (e.g. Polycom, TANDBERG (now Cisco) and Sony). These solutions are designed 
primarily for one-to-one or group-to-group communications with high levels of interactivity and collaboration. Like 
web  conferencing,  many  organizations  use  both  video  conferencing  and  webcasting.  Mediasite  integrates  with 
videoconferencing  endpoints  from  Polycom  and  TANDBERG  to  record  and  manage  interactive  meetings, 
discussions and distance learning courses alongside other Mediasite content. 

•  Authoring tools solutions (e.g. Polycom Accordent PresenterPLUS and TechSmith Camtasia ). Unlike webcasting, 
web  conferencing  or  video  conferencing,  which  are  forms  of  online  multimedia  communication  that capture and 
distribute/stream  content,  these  solutions  are  production-oriented  tools  designed  to  create  and  edit  multimedia 

24 

 
 
 
 
   
  
 
   
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

content  only.  Some  organizations  will  use  these  desktop  tools  to  create  training  content  by  manually  integrating 
existing audio, video, images, branding and other visual elements into a multimedia presentation which can then be 
published to a web or streaming server for distribution. This process can require a significant amount of production 
effort and user expertise in presentation authoring. Mediasite is capable of ingesting content produced by popular 
desktop tools like TechSmith’s Camtasia Relay or in video formats like Windows Media or H.264, allowing the 
content to be delivered, managed and secured alongside all other Mediasite content. 

•  Online video services and virtual meeting platforms (e.g.INXPO, Livestream, ON24, Onstream Media, InterCall, 
Thomson Reuters, Unisfair and Wall Street Webcasting). These companies offer services or SaaS-based platforms 
that  either  allow  audio  and  video  to  be  captured  from a  presenter’s  computer  (often  with  supporting  materials 
uploaded  in  advance),  produced  streaming  video  services  or  2D/3D  virtual  environments  that  may  or  may  not 
include rich media webcasts. 

Other vendors such as Echo360, Tegrity, Panopto, TechSmith, Crestron and Accordent Technologies (now Polycom), 
provide  lecture  capture  or  webcasting  capabilities,  but  differ  in  their  technology  approach,  particularly  in  the  lecture 
capture arena. Mediasite is an appliance- or room-based platform for lecture capture. It provides a fully integrated system 
designed  around  an  automated  purpose-built  recording  appliance  to  capture,  publish  and  manage  rich  media  content. 
This transparent recording automation  means  no presenter intervention  which leads to the broadest end-user adoption 
across campuses. Room-based appliances are capable of streaming live or on-demand and can leverage the full breadth 
of in-room audio/visual technology. A room-based platform like Mediasite also includes complete content management 
for captured multimedia presentations.  

Other  lecture  capture  solutions  are  implemented  as  software  applications  designed  to  capture  and  publish  rich  media 
content, but dependent upon a third-party content management platform, typically the institution’s course management 
system. Software applications for lecture capture support on-demand streaming only and require in-room PC integration 
with  varying  levels  of  presenter  intervention  and  recording  knowledge  which  may  lead  to  lower  adoption  rates 
throughout the campus.  

Lastly, laptop-resident desktop tools capture and publish non-rich media (limited video and presentation graphics) and 
like software applications support only on-demand streaming and require a third-party content  management platform. 
Desktop tools require the greatest degree of presenter intervention, technical confidence and support. While prevalent on 
many campuses, these three factors limit the practicality for campus-wide adoption. 

If potential customers or competitors use open source software to develop products that are competitive with our 
products and services, we may face decreased demand and pressure to reduce the prices for our products. 

The  growing  acceptance  and  prevalence  of  open  source  software  may  make  it  easier  for  competitors  or  potential 
competitors  to  develop  software  applications  that  compete  with  our  products,  or  for  customers  and  potential 
customers to internally develop software applications that they would otherwise have licensed from us. One of the 
aspects  of  open  source  software  is  that  it  can  be  modified  or  used  to  develop  new  software  that  competes  with 
proprietary software applications, such as ours. Such competition can develop without the degree of overhead and 
lead time required by traditional proprietary software companies. As open source offerings become more prevalent, 
customers may defer or forego purchases of our products, which could reduce our sales and lengthen the sales cycle 
for our products or result in the loss of current customers to open source solutions. If we are unable to differentiate 
our products from competitive products based on open source software, demand for our products and services may 
decline, and we may face pressure to reduce the prices of our products, which would hurt our profitability. 

Our customers may use our products to share confidential and sensitive information, and if our system security is 
breached, our reputation could be harmed and we may lose customers. 

Our  customers  may  use  our  products  and  services  to  share  confidential  and  sensitive  information,  the  security  of 
which is critical to their business.  Third parties may attempt to breach our security for customer hosted content or 
the networks of our customers.  Customers may take inadequate security precautions with their sensitive information 
and may inadvertently make that information public.  We may be liable to our customers for any breach in security, 
and any breach could harm our reputation and cause us to lose customers.  In addition, customers are vulnerable to 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions, which could lead to interruptions, delays 
or  loss  of  data.    We  may  be  required  to  expend  significant  capital  and  other  resources  to  further  protect  against 
security breaches or to resolve problems caused by any breach, including litigation-related expenses if we are sued. 

Operational failures in our network infrastructure could disrupt our remote hosting services, cause us to lose 
clients and sales to potential clients and result in increased expenses and reduced revenues.  

Unanticipated  problems  affecting  our  network  systems  could  cause  interruptions  or  delays  in  the  delivery  of  the 
hosting services we provide to some of our clients. We are not equipped to provide full disaster recovery to all of 
our  hosted  clients.  If  there  are  operational  failures  in  our  network  infrastructure  that  cause  interruptions,  slower 
response times, loss of data or extended loss of service for our remotely hosted clients, we may be required to issue 
credits or pay penalties, current clients  may terminate their contracts or elect not to renew them and  we  may lose 
sales to potential clients. We have recently acquired additional hardware and systems and outsourced most aspects 
of our network infrastructure to two providers.  As a result, we are reliant on third parties for network availability so 
outages  may  be  outside  our  control  and  we  may  need  to  acquire  additional  hardware  in  order  to  provide  an 
appropriate level of redundancy required by our customers.  

We license technology from third parties. If we are unable to maintain these licenses, our operations and 
financial condition may be negatively impacted. 

We license technology from third parties. The loss of, our inability to maintain, or changes in material terms of these 
licenses  could  result  in  increased  cost  or  delayed  sales  of  our  software  and  services,  or  may  cause  us  to  remove 
features from our products or services. We anticipate that we will continue to license technology from third parties 
in the future. This technology may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Although 
we do not believe that we are substantially dependent on any individual licensed technology, some of the component 
technologies that  we license from third parties could be difficult for us to replace. The impairment of these third-
party relationships, especially if this impairment were to occur in unison, could result in delays in the delivery of our 
software  and  services  until  equivalent  technology,  if  available,  is  identified,  licensed  and  integrated.  This  delay 
could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. 

The technology underlying our products and  services is complex and may contain unknown defects  that could 
harm our reputation, result in product liability or decrease market acceptance of our products. 

The  technology  underlying  our  products  is  complex  and  includes  software  that  is  internally  developed,  software 
licensed from third parties and hardware purchased from third parties.  These products have, and will in the future, 
contain errors or defects, particularly when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released.  We 
may not discover defects that affect our current or new applications or enhancements until after they are sold and our 
insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover our complete liability exposure.  Any defects in our products and 
services could: 

  Damage our reputation 
  Cause our customers to initiate product liability suits against us 
 
  Cause customers to cancel orders or potential customers to purchase competitive products or services 
  Delay market acceptance of our products 

Increase our product development resources 

26 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

If we are viewed only as a commodity supplier, our margins and valuations will shrink. 

We need to provide value-added services in order to avoid being viewed as a commodity supplier.  This entails building 
long-term customer relationships and developing features that will distinguish our products.  Our technology is complex 
and is often confused with other products and technologies in the market place, including video conferencing, streaming 
and collaboration.   

We  may  develop  lower  cost  solutions  to  certain  of  our  products  in  order  to  address  certain  market  segments.    Such 
products, if implemented, would have more limited features compared to our existing products.  While we believe we 
can preserve the market for our full-featured products, release of lower cost products could reduce demand for products 
sold at higher prices.   

If  we  fail  to  build  long-term  customer  relationships  and  develop  features  that  distinguish  our  products  in  the  market 
place, our margins will shrink and our stock may become less valuable to investors. 

Our success depends upon the proprietary aspects of our technology. 

Our success and ability to compete depend to a significant degree upon the protection of our proprietary technology.  
We currently have four U.S. patents that have been issued to us and one U.S. patent applications that are pending.  
We  may  seek  additional  patents  in  the  future.    Our  current  patent  applications  cover  different  aspects  of  the 
technology used in our products which is important to our ability to compete.  However, it is possible that: 

  Our pending patent applications may not result in the issuance of patents  
  Any patents acquired by or issued to us may not be broad enough to protect us 
  Any issued patent could be successfully challenged by one or more third parties, which could result in our 

loss of the right to prevent others from exploiting the inventions claimed in those patents 

  Current  and  future  competitors  may  independently  develop  similar  technology,  duplicate  our  services  or 

design around any of our patents 

  Effective  patent  protection,  including  effective  legal-enforcement  mechanisms  against  those  who  violate 
our patent-related assets, may not be available in every country in which we do or plan to do business 
  We may not have the resources to enforce our patents or may determine the potential benefits are not worth 

the cost and risk of ultimately being unsuccessful 

We  also  rely  upon  trademark,  copyright  and  trade  secret  laws,  which  may  not  be  sufficient  to  protect  our 
intellectual property. 

We  also  rely  on  a  combination  of  laws,  such  as  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  laws,  and  contractual 
restrictions,  such  as  confidentiality  agreements  and  licenses,  to  establish  and  protect  our  technology.    We  have 
registered  six  U.S.  and  four  foreign  country  trademarks.    These  forms  of  intellectual  property  protection  are 
critically important to our ability to establish and maintain our competitive position.  However, it is possible that: 

  Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our copyrights, trademarks and similar proprietary rights 
  Laws and contractual restrictions may not be sufficient to prevent misappropriation of our technology or to 

deter others from developing similar technologies 

  Effective  trademark,  copyright  and  trade  secret  protection,  including  effective  legal-enforcement 
mechanisms against those who violate our trademark, copyright or trade secret assets, may be unavailable 
or limited in foreign countries 

  Contractual  agreements  may  not  provide  meaningful  protection  for  our  trade  secrets,  know-how  or  other 
proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade 
secrets, know-how or other proprietary information 

  Other companies  may claim  common law trademark rights based upon state or foreign laws that precede 

the federal registration of our marks 

  Policing unauthorized use of our services and trademarks is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and 

we may be unable to determine the extent of any unauthorized use 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our proprietary technology could enable third 
parties to benefit from our technology without paying us for it, which would significantly harm our business. 

If other parties bring infringement or other claims against us, we may incur significant costs or lose customers. 

Other companies may obtain patents or other proprietary rights that would limit our ability to conduct our business and 
could assert that our technologies infringe their proprietary rights.  We could incur substantial costs to defend any legal 
proceedings,  even  if  without  merit,  and  intellectual  property  litigation  could  force  us  to  cease  using  key  technology, 
obtain a license or redesign our products.  In the course of our business, we may sell certain systems to our customers, 
and in connection  with such  sale,  we  may agree to indemnify these customers from claims  made against them by 
third parties for patent infringement related to these systems, which could harm our business. 

If  we  lose  key  personnel  or  fail  to  integrate  replacement  personnel  successfully,  our  ability  to  manage  our 
business could be impaired. 

Our future success depends  upon the continued service of  our key  management, technical, sales and other critical 
personnel. Our officers and other key personnel are employees-at-will, and we cannot assure that we will be able to 
retain them. Key personnel have left our company in the past, sometimes to accept employment with companies that 
sell similar products or services to existing or potential customers of ours.  There will likely be additional departures 
of key personnel from time to time in the future and such departures could result in additional competition, loss of 
customers or confusion in the marketplace. As we seek to replace such departures, or expand our business, the hiring 
of  qualified  sales,  technical  and  support  personnel  has  been  difficult  due  to  the  limited  number  of  qualified 
professionals.    The  loss  of  any  key  employee  could  result  in  significant  disruptions  to  our  operations,  including 
adversely  affecting  the  timeliness  of  product  releases,  the  successful  implementation  and  completion  of  company 
initiatives and the results of  our operations. In addition,  we do not have  life insurance  policies on any of our key 
employees.  If we lose the services of any of our key employees, the integration of replacement personnel could be 
time consuming, may cause disruptions to our operations and may be unsuccessful. 

Because our business is susceptible to risks associated with international operations, we may not be able to 
maintain or increase international sales of our products.  

International  product  and  service  billings  ranged  from  19%  to  28%  of  our  total  billings  in  each  of  the  past  three 
years and are expected to continue to account for a significant portion of our business in the future. However, in the 
future we may be unable to maintain or increase international sales of our products and services. International sales 
are subject to a variety of risks, including:  

 
 

 

difficulties in establishing and managing international distribution channels;  
difficulties in selling, servicing and supporting overseas products, translating products into foreign 
languages and compliance with local hardware requirements;  
the uncertainty of laws and enforcement in certain countries relating to the protection of intellectual 
property or requirements for product certification or other restrictions;  

  multiple and possibly overlapping tax structures;  
 
 

currency and exchange rate fluctuations;  
difficulties in collecting accounts receivable in foreign countries, including complexities in documenting 
letters of credit; and  
economic or political changes in international markets. 

 

We face risks associated with government regulation of the internet and related legal uncertainties. 

Currently, few existing laws or regulations specifically apply to the Internet, other than laws generally applicable to 
businesses.    Many  Internet-related  laws  and  regulations,  however,  are  pending  and  may  be  adopted  in  the  United 
States, in individual states and local jurisdictions and in other countries.  These laws may relate to many areas that 
impact  our  business,  including  encryption,  network  and  information  security,  and  the  convergence  of  traditional 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

communication  services,  such  as  telephone  services,  with  Internet  communications,  taxes  and  wireless  networks.  
These types of regulations could differ between countries  and other political and geographic divisions both inside 
and  outside  the  United  States.    Non-U.S.  countries  and  political  organizations  may  impose,  or  favor,  more  and 
different  regulation  than  that  which  has  been  proposed  in  the  United  States,  thus  furthering  the  complexity  of 
regulation.  In addition, state and local governments within the United States may impose regulations in addition to, 
inconsistent with, or more strict than federal regulations.  The adoption of such laws or regulations, and uncertainties 
associated  with  their  validity,  interpretation,  applicability  and  enforcement,  may  affect  the  available  distribution 
channels for, and the costs associated with, our products and services.  The adoption of such laws and regulations 
may harm our business. 

The large number of shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. 

With the departure of two of our former officers, there is a substantial number of shares of common stock that could be 
for sale in the public market which could materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock and impair 
our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities. Our founder and former Chief Technology Officer left 
the Company on March 31, 2011 and is no longer subject to restrictions on affiliate sales of common stock under Rule 
144  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933(“Rule  144”).    Similarly,  our  former  Executive  Chairman  left  the  Company  on 
September 30, 2011 and will no longer be subject to restrictions on affiliate sales of common stock under Rule 144 as of 
December 29, 2011.  The Company believes the two individuals hold or control approximately 300,000 shares of our 
common stock which is or will be saleable without regard to volume or other restrictions under Rule 144.  Such former 
affiliates  could  sell  their  shares  on  the  public  market  in  volume  levels  that  could  adversely  affect  the  price  of  our 
common stock.  

Exercise of outstanding options and warrants will result in further dilution. 

The issuance of shares of common stock upon the exercise of our outstanding options and warrants will result in dilution 
to the interests of our stockholders, and may reduce the trading price of our common stock. 

At  September  30,  2011,  we  had  2  thousand  of  outstanding  warrants  and  786  thousand  of  outstanding  stock  options 
granted under our stock option plans, 536 thousand of which are immediately exercisable.   

To the extent that these stock options or warrants are exercised, dilution to the interests of our stockholders will likely 
occur.  Additional options and warrants may be issued in the future at prices not less than 85% of the fair market value of 
the underlying security on the date of grant. Exercises of these options or warrants, or even the potential of their exercise 
may have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.  The holders of our options or our warrants are 
likely to exercise them at times when the market price of the common stock exceeds the exercise price of the securities.  
Accordingly,  the  issuance  of  shares  of  common  stock  upon  exercise  of  the  options  and  warrants  will  likely  result  in 
dilution of the equity represented by the then outstanding shares of common stock held by other stockholders.  Holders 
of our options and warrants can be expected to exercise or convert them at a time when we would, in all likelihood, be 
able to obtain any needed capital on terms, which are more favorable to us than the exercise terms provided, by these 
options and warrants. 

We may need to make acquisitions or form strategic alliances or partnerships in order to remain competitive in our 
market, and potential future acquisitions, strategic alliances or partnerships could be difficult to integrate, disrupt our 
business and dilute stockholder value. 

We  may  acquire  or  form  strategic  alliances  or  partnerships  with  other  businesses  in  the  future  in  order  to  remain 
competitive or to acquire new technologies.  As a result of these acquisitions, strategic alliances or partnerships, we may 
need  to  integrate  products,  technologies,  widely  dispersed  operations  and  distinct  corporate  cultures.    The  products, 
services or technologies of the acquired companies may need to be altered or redesigned in order to be made compatible 
with our software products and services, or the software architecture of our customers.  These integration efforts may not 
succeed or may distract our management from operating our existing business.  Our failure to successfully manage future 
acquisitions, strategic alliances or partnerships could seriously harm our operating results.  In addition, our stockholders 

29 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

would be diluted if we finance the acquisition, strategic alliances or partnerships by incurring convertible debt or issuing 
equity securities. 

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited. 

The  use  of  our  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  may  have  limitations  resulting  from  certain  future  ownership 
changes or other factors under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. 

If  our  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  are  limited,  and  we  have  taxable  income  which  exceeds  the  available  net 
operating loss carryforwards for that period, we would incur an income tax liability even though net operating loss 
carryforwards may be available in future years prior to their expiration. Any such income tax liability may adversely 
affect our future cash flow, financial position and financial results. 

Our business is subject to changing regulations regarding corporate governance and public disclosure that will 
increase both our costs and the risk of noncompliance. 

As  a  publicly  traded  company  we  are  subject  to  significant  regulations,  including  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002.  
While we have developed and instituted a corporate compliance program based on what we believe are the current 
best practices and continue to update the program in response to newly implemented regulatory requirements and 
guidance,  we  cannot  assure  that  we  are  or  will  be  in  compliance  with  all  potentially  applicable  regulations.  
Although our non-affiliate market capitalization was less than $75 million at March 31, 2011 and we were therefore 
not required to have an auditor attestation on our internal controls over financial reporting for fiscal 2011, SEC rules 
may in the future require us to have such an attestation if our non-affiliate market capitalization exceeds a certain 
threshold. We cannot assure that in the future our management or our auditors, will not find a material weakness in 
connection  with  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act.  
We also cannot assure that we could correct any such weakness to allow our management to assess the effectiveness 
of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  the  end  of  our  fiscal  year  in  time  to  enable  our  independent 
registered public accounting firm to attest that such assessment will  have been fairly stated in our Annual Report on 
Form  10-K  to  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  attest  that  we  have  maintained  effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  the  end  of  our  fiscal  year.    If  we  fail  to  comply  with  any  of  these 
regulations, we could be subject to a range of regulatory actions, fines, or other sanctions or litigation.  In addition, if 
we must disclose any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, our stock price may decline. 

Provisions of our charter documents and Maryland law could also discourage an acquisition of our company that 
would benefit our stockholders. 

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and by-laws may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of 
our company, even if a change in control would benefit our stockholders.  Our articles of incorporation authorize our 
board of directors, without stockholder approval, to issue one or more series of preferred stock, which could have voting 
and conversion rights that adversely affect or dilute the voting power of the holders of common stock.  Furthermore, our 
articles of incorporation provide for a classified board of directors, which means that our stockholders may vote upon the 
retention  of  only  one  or  two  of  our  seven  directors  each  year.    Moreover,  Maryland  corporate  law  restricts  certain 
business  combination  transactions  with  “interested  stockholders”  and  limits  voting  rights  upon  certain  acquisitions  of 
“control shares.” 

Because  our  business  is  susceptible  to  risks  associated  with  international  operations,  we  may  not  be  able  to 
maintain or increase international sales of our products.  

International  product  and  service  billings  ranged  from  19%  to  28%  of  our  total  billings  in  each  of  the  past  three 
years and are expected to continue to account for a significant portion of our business in the future. However, in the 
future we may be unable to maintain or increase international sales of our products and services. International sales 
are subject to a variety of risks, including:  

 

difficulties in establishing and managing international distribution channels;  

30 

 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

 

 

difficulties in selling, servicing and supporting overseas products, translating products into foreign 
languages and compliance with local hardware requirements;  
the uncertainty of laws and enforcement in certain countries relating to the protection of intellectual 
property or requirements for product certification or other restrictions;  

  multiple and possibly overlapping tax structures;  
 
 

currency and exchange rate fluctuations;  
difficulties in collecting accounts receivable in foreign countries, including complexities in documenting 
letters of credit; and  
economic or political changes in international markets. 

 

We face risks associated with government regulation of the internet and related legal uncertainties. 

Currently, few existing laws or regulations specifically apply to the Internet, other than laws generally applicable to 
businesses.    Many  Internet-related  laws  and  regulations,  however,  are  pending  and  may  be  adopted  in  the  United 
States, in individual states and local jurisdictions and in other countries.  These laws may relate to many areas that 
impact  our  business,  including  encryption,  network  and  information  security,  and  the  convergence  of  traditional 
communication  services,  such  as  telephone  services,  with  Internet  communications,  taxes  and  wireless  networks.  
These types of regulations could differ between countries  and other political and geographic divisions both inside 
and  outside  the  United  States.    Non-U.S.  countries  and  political  organizations  may  impose,  or  favor,  more  and 
different  regulation  than  that  which  has  been  proposed  in  the  United  States,  thus  furthering  the  complexity  of 
regulation.  In addition, state and local governments within the United States may impose regulations in addition to, 
inconsistent with, or more strict than federal regulations.  The adoption of such laws or regulations, and uncertainties 
associated  with  their  validity,  interpretation,  applicability  and  enforcement,  may  affect  the  available  distribution 
channels for, and the costs associated with, our products and services.  The adoption of such laws and regulations 
may harm our business. 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES  

Our principal office is located in Madison, Wisconsin in a leased facility of approximately 21,000 square feet. The 
building serves as our corporate headquarters, accommodating our general and administrative, product development 
and selling and marketing departments. We believe this facility is adequate and suitable for our needs.  The current 
lease term for this office expires on September 30, 2018.   

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

None 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER 

MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Our common stock was initially traded on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol "SFO," beginning with 
our initial public offering in April of 1998. On April 24, 2000, our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ 
Global Market under the symbol "SOFO." Effective September 16, 2009, we transferred the listing of our common 
stock to the NASDAQ Capital Market.  The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low 
sale prices per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global or Capital Markets. All share and per 
share data have been adjusted for the one-for-ten reverse stock split which was effective on November 16, 2009. 

Year Ended September 30, 2012: 
First Quarter (through November 17, 2011)  

Year Ended September 30, 2011: 

First Quarter 

Second Quarter 

Third Quarter 

Fourth Quarter 

Year Ended September 30, 2010: 

First Quarter 

Second Quarter 

Third Quarter 

Fourth Quarter 

High 

Low 

$       9.87 

$        8.50 

 15.94 

15.90 

15.39 

13.47 

7.50 

8.21 

7.99 

11.12 

      10.10 

13.45 

12.38 

8.68 

4.50 

4.80 

5.84 

6.81 

The  Company  has  not  paid  any  cash  dividends  and  does  not  intend  to  pay  any  cash  dividends  in  the  foreseeable 
future.  The Company is prohibited from paying any cash dividends pursuant to the terms of the loan and security 
agreement with Silicon Valley Bank. 

At November 17, 2011 there were 429 common stockholders of record and approximately 6,000 total shareholders.  
Many shares are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of shareholders.  

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans approved 
by security holders  (1) 

Equity compensation plans not 
approved by security holders (2) 

Total  

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

Number of 
securities 
remaining 
available for 
future issuance 

(a) 

635,835 

149,712 

785,547 

(b) 

11.70 

10.74 

11.52 

(c) 

158,883 

- 

158,883 

(1)  Consists  of  the  2009  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan  and  the  Directors  Stock 
Option  Plans.    For  further  information  regarding  these  plans,  reference  is  made  to  Note  5  of  the  financial 
statements. 

(2)  Consists  of  the  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan.    For  further  information  regarding  this  plan,  reference  is 

made to Note 5 of the financial statements. 

The  graph  below  compares  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  on  our  common  stock  from  September  30,  2006 
through and including September 30, 2011 with the cumulative total return on The NASDAQ Stock Market (US only) 
and the RDG Technology Composite.  The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our common stock on September 
30, 2006 for each of the indexes and that all dividends were reinvested. Unless otherwise specified, all dates refer to the 
last day of each month presented.   The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data, with our common 
stock  prices  based  on  the  closing  price  on  the  dates  indicated,  and  are  not  intended  to  forecast  the  possible  future 
performance of our common stock. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN* 
Among Sonic Foundry, Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index 
and the RDG Technology Composite Index 

$140

$120

$100

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0

9/06

9/07

9/08

9/09

9/10

9/11

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

RDG Technology Composite

*$100 invested on 9/30/06 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. 
Fiscal year ending September 30. 

(A)   RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES  

None  

(B)   USE OF PROCEEDS FROM REGISTERED SECURITIES 

None 

(C)   ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

None 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA  

The  selected  financial  and  operating  data  were  derived  from  our  consolidated  financial  statements.    The  selected 
financial data set forth below is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, "Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and notes 
thereto appearing elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K (in thousands except per share data).  All share and 
per share data have been adjusted for the one-for-ten reverse stock split which was effective on November 16, 2009. 

Years Ended September 30, 

2011 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$   25,222 
7,311 
17,911 
17,633 
278 
(310) 
(211) 
$       (243) 

$   20,476 
5,065 
15,411 
15,138 
273 
(170) 
(225) 
  $       (122) 

$   18,577 
4,331 
14,246 
16,724 
(2,478) 
(25) 
(142) 
  $    (2,645) 

$   15,601 
4,205 
11,396 
19,279 
(7,883) 
10 
(256) 
  $   (8,129) 

  $   16,737 
4,133 
12,604 
19,222 
(6,618) 
248 
(201) 
  $    (6,571) 

$      (0.06) 

$      (0.03) 

$      (0.74) 

$     (2.28) 

$     (1.89) 

Statement of Operations Data: 
Revenue 
Cost of revenue 
Gross margin 
Operating expenses 
Income (loss) from operations 
Other income (expense), net 
Provision for income taxes 
Net loss 

Basic net loss per common 

share 

Diluted net loss per common 

share 

$      (0.06) 

$      (0.03) 

$      (0.74) 

$     (2.28) 

$     (1.89) 

Weighted average common 

shares:  - Basic 

- Diluted 

Balance Sheet Data at 
September 30: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Working capital  
Total assets 
Long-term liabilities 
Stockholders' equity 

3,748,840 
3,748,840 

3,617,423 
3,617,423 

3,598,040 
3,598,040 

3,557,966 
3,557,966 

3,468,803 
  3,468,803 

2011 

2010 

2009 

 2008 

2007 

$     5,515 
3,083 
21,840 
3,072 
9,261 

$     3,358 
1,442 
18,267 
3,202 
7,137 

$     2,598 
(344) 
16,173 
1,977 
6,601 

$     3,560 
774 
17,474 
1,610 
8,455 

$    8,008 
7,940 
23,981 
1,825 
15,908 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

The financial and business analysis below provides information that Sonic Foundry, Inc. (the Company) believes is 
relevant  to  an  assessment  and  understanding  of  the  Company's  consolidated  financial  position  and  results  of 
operations.  This  financial  and  business  analysis  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial 
statements and related notes.  

When  used  in  this  Report,  the  words  “anticipate”,  “expect”,  “plan”,  “believe”,  “seek”,  “estimate”  and  similar 
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  These are statements that relate to future periods 
and  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  statements  about  the  features,  benefits  and  performance  of  our  products,  our 
ability to introduce new product offerings and increase revenue from existing products, expected expenses including 
those related to  selling and  marketing, product development and  general and administrative, our beliefs regarding 
the  health  and  growth  of  the  market  for  products,  anticipated  increase  in  our  customer  base,  expansion  of  our 
products  functionalities,  expected  revenue  levels  and  sources  of  revenue,  expected  impact,  if  any,  of  legal 
proceedings,  the  adequacy  of  liquidity  and  capital  resources,  and  expected  growth  in  business.    Forward-looking 
statements  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those 
projected.    These  risks  and  uncertainties  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  market  acceptance  for  our  products,  our 
ability to attract and retain customers and distribution partners for existing and new products, our ability to control 
our expenses, our ability to recruit and retain employees, the ability of distribution partners to successfully sell our 
products,  legislation  and  government  regulation,  shifts  in  technology,  global  and  local  business  conditions,  our 
ability to effectively maintain and update our products and service portfolio, the strength of competitive offerings, 
the  prices  being  charged  by  those  competitors,  and  the  risks  discussed  elsewhere  herein.    These  forward-looking 
statements speak only as of the date hereof.  We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly 
any  updates  or  revisions  to  any  forward-looking  statements  contained  herein  to  reflect  any  change  in  our 
expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement 
is based. 

Overview  

Sonic Foundry, Inc. is a technology leader in the emerging web communications marketplace, providing enterprise 
solutions and services that link an information-driven world. The company’s principal product line, Mediasite® is a 
web communication and content management system that automatically and cost-effectively webcasts lectures and 
presentations. Trusted by Fortune 500 companies, top education institutions and Federal, state and local government 
agencies  for  a  variety  of  critical  communication  needs,  Mediasite  is  the  leading  one-to-many  multimedia 
communication solution for capturing knowledge and sharing it online. 

Reverse Stock Split 

Effective November 16, 2009, the Company implemented a one-for-ten reverse stock split of its stock.  All shares 
and per share data in this report have been adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split. 

Critical Accounting Policies  

We have identified the following as critical accounting policies to our Company and have discussed the development, 
selection of estimates and the disclosure regarding them with the audit committee of the board of directors:  

Impairment of long-lived assets; 

  Revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, and reserves; 
 
  Valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets; and 
  Accounting for stock-based compensation.  

36 

 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Revenue Recognition, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Reserves  

General  

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery occurs or services are rendered, 
the  sales  price  is  fixed  or  determinable  and  collectability  is  reasonably  assured.  Revenue  is  deferred  when 
undelivered  products  or  services  are  essential  to  the  functionality  of  delivered  products,  customer  acceptance  is 
uncertain, significant obligations remain, or the fair value of undelivered elements is unknown. The Company does 
not  offer  customers  the  right  to  return  product,  other  than  for  exchange  or  repair  pursuant  to  a  warranty  or  stock 
rotation.    The  Company’s  policy  is  to  reduce  revenue  if  it  incurs  an  obligation  for  price  rebates  or  other  such 
programs  during  the  period  the  obligation  is  reasonably  estimated  to  occur.    The  following  policies  apply  to  the 
Company’s major categories of revenue transactions.  

Products   

Products are considered delivered, and revenue is recognized, when title and risk of loss have been transferred to the 
customer. Under the terms and conditions of the sale, this occurs at the time of shipment to the customer. Product 
revenue currently represents sales of our Mediasite recorders and Mediasite related products such as server software 
revenue. 

Services 

The Company sells support and content hosting contracts to our customers, typically one year in length, and records 
the related revenue ratably over the contractual period.  Our support contracts cover phone and electronic technical 
support availability over and above the level provided by our distribution partners, software upgrades on a when and 
if available basis, advance hardware replacement and an extension of the standard hardware warranty from 90 days 
to  one  year.    The  manufacturers  we  contract  with  to  build  the  units  provide  a  limited  one-year  warranty  on  the 
hardware.  We also sell installation, training, event webcasting, and customer content hosting services.  Revenue for 
those services is recognized when performed in the case of installation, training and event webcasting services and is 
recognized ratably over the contract period when these additional elements are sold with hosting.  Service amounts 
invoiced  to  customers  in  excess  of  revenue  recognized  are  recorded  as  deferred  revenue  until  the  revenue 
recognition criteria are met.  

Revenue Arrangements that Include Multiple Elements  

The Company has historically applied the software revenue recognition rules as prescribed by Accounting Standards 
Codification (ASC) Subtopic 985-605. In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued 
Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  Number  2009-14,  “Certain  Revenue  Arrangements  That  Include  Software 
Elements,”  which  amended  ASC  Subtopic  985-605.  This  ASU  removes  tangible  products  containing  software 
components and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality from 
the scope of the software revenue recognition rules. In the case of the Company’s hardware products with embedded 
software, the Company has determined that the hardware and software components function together to deliver the 
product’s essential functionality, and therefore, the revenue from the sale of these products no longer falls within the 
scope of the software revenue recognition rules. Revenue from the sale of software-only products remains within the 
scope  of  the  software  revenue  recognition  rules.  Installation,  training,  and  post  customer  support  no  longer  fall 
within the scope of the software revenue recognition rules, except when they are sold with and relate to a software-
only  product.  Revenue  recognition  for  products  that  no  longer  fall  under  the  scope  of  the  software  revenue 
recognition  rules  is  similar  to  that  for  other  tangible  products.  ASU  Number  2009-13,  “Multiple-Deliverable 
Revenue  Arrangements,”  which  amended  ASC  Topic  605 and  was  also  issued  in  October  2009,  is  applicable  for 
multiple-deliverable  revenue  arrangements.  ASU  2009-13  allows  companies  to  allocate  revenue  in  a  multiple-
deliverable  arrangement  in  a  manner  that  better  reflects  the  transaction’s  economics.  ASU  2009-13  and  2009-14 
were adopted and are effective for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in the Company’s fiscal 
year 2011. 

37 

 
    
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Under the software revenue recognition rules, the fee from a multiple-deliverable arrangement is allocated to each of 
the  undelivered  elements  based  upon  vendor-specific  objective  evidence  (VSOE),  which  is  limited  to  the  price 
charged when the same deliverable is sold separately, with the residual value from the arrangement allocated to the 
delivered element. The portion of the fee that is allocated to each deliverable is then recognized as revenue when the 
criteria  for  revenue  recognition  are  met  with  respect  to  that  deliverable.  If  VSOE  does  not  exist  for  all  of  the 
undelivered  elements,  then  all  revenue  from  the  arrangement  is  typically  deferred  until  all  elements  have  been 
delivered to the customer. All revenue arrangements, with the exception of hosting contracts, entered into prior to 
October 1, 2010 and the sale of all software-only products and associated services have been accounted for under 
this guidance during the year ended September 30, 2011. 

Under  the  revenue  recognition  rules  for  tangible  products  as  amended  by  ASU  2009-13,  the  fee  from  a  multiple-
deliverable arrangement is allocated to each of the deliverables based upon their relative selling prices as determined 
by  a  selling-price  hierarchy.  A  deliverable  in  an  arrangement  qualifies  as  a  separate  unit  of  accounting  if  the 
delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. A delivered item that does not qualify as a separate 
unit of accounting is combined with the other undelivered items in the arrangement and revenue is recognized for 
those combined deliverables as a single unit of accounting. The selling price used for each deliverable is based upon 
VSOE if available, third-party evidence (TPE) if VSOE is not available, and best estimate of selling price (ESP) if 
neither VSOE nor TPE are available. TPE is the price of the Company’s or any competitor’s largely interchangeable 
products  or  services  in  stand-alone  sales  to  similarly  situated  customers.  ESP  is  the  price  at  which  the  Company 
would sell the deliverable if it were sold regularly on a stand-alone basis, considering market conditions and entity-
specific factors. All revenue arrangements negotiated after September 30, 2010, excluding the sale of all software-
only products and associated services, have been accounted for under this guidance during the year ended September 
30, 2011. 

The selling prices used in the relative selling price allocation method are as follows: (1) for the Company’s products 
and  certain  services  are  based  upon  VSOE,  (2)  for  hardware  products  with  embedded  software  for  which  VSOE 
does not exist are based upon ESP. The Company does not believe TPE exists for any of these products and services 
because they are differentiated from competing products and services in terms of functionality and performance and 
there  are  no  competing  products  or  services  that  are  largely  interchangeable.  Management  establishes  ESP  for 
hardware  products  with  embedded  software  using  a  cost  plus  margin  approach  with  consideration  for  market 
conditions, such as the impact of competition and geographic considerations, and entity-specific factors, such as the 
cost of the product and the Company’s profit objectives. Management believes that ESP is reflective of reasonable 
pricing of that deliverable as if priced on a stand-alone basis. When a sales transaction includes deliverables that are 
divided  between  ASC  Topic  605  and  ASC  Subtopic  985-605,  the  Company  allocates  the  selling  price  using  the 
relative selling price method whereas value is allocated using an ESP for software developed using a percent of list 
price approach. The other deliverables are valued using ESP or VSOE as previously discussed. 

While the pricing model, currently in use, captures all critical variables, unforeseen changes due to external market 
forces may result in a revision of the inputs. These modifications may result in the consideration allocation differing 
from  the  one  presently  in  use.  Absent  a  significant  change  in  the  pricing  inputs  or  the  way  in  which  the  industry 
structures  its  deals,  future  changes  in  the  pricing  model  are  not  expected  to  materially  affect  our  allocation  of 
arrangement consideration. 

Management has established VSOE for hosting services. Billings for hosting are spread ratably over the term of the 
hosting agreement, with the typical hosting agreement having a term of 12 months, with renewal on an annual basis. 
The  Company  sells  most  hosting  contracts  without  the  inclusion  of  products,  and  occasionally  some  hosting 
contracts in conjunction with the sale of product. When the hosting arrangement is sold in conjunction with product, 
the product revenue is recognized immediately while the remaining hosting revenue is spread ratably over the term 
of  the  hosting  agreement.  The  selling  price  is  allocated  between  these  elements  using  the  relative  selling  price 
method.  The  Company  uses  the  estimated  selling  price  method  for  development  of  the  selling  price  for  hardware 
products with embedded software. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Reserves 

We  record  reserves  for  stock  rotations,  price  adjustments,  rebates,  and  sales  incentives  to  reduce  revenue  and 
accounts receivable for these and other credits we may grant to customers. Such reserves are recorded at the time of 
sale  and  are  calculated  based  on  historical  information  (such  as  rates  of  product  stock  rotations)  and  the  specific 
terms of sales programs, taking into account any other known information about likely customer behavior. If actual 
customer behavior differs from our expectations, additional reserves may be required. Also, if we determine that we 
can  no  longer  accurately  estimate  amounts  for  stock  rotations  and  sales  incentives,  we  would  not  be  able  to 
recognize revenue until the customers exercise their rights, or such rights lapse, whichever is later. 

Credit Evaluation and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

We assess the realization of  our receivables by performing ongoing credit evaluations  of our customers’  financial 
condition.  Through  these  evaluations,  we  may  become  aware  of  a  situation  where  a  customer  may  not  be  able  to 
meet its financial obligations due to deterioration of its financial viability, credit ratings or bankruptcy.  Our reserve 
requirements are based on the best facts available to us and are reevaluated and adjusted as additional information is 
received.  Our  reserves  are  also  based  on  amounts  determined  by  using  percentages  applied  to  certain  aged 
receivable categories.  These percentages are determined by a variety of factors including, but not limited to, current 
economic  trends,  historical  payment  and  bad  debt  write-off  experience.  Allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for 
accounts receivable was $90,000 at September 30, 2011 and $105,000 at September 30, 2010. 

Impairment of long-lived assets  

We assess the impairment of goodwill on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the fair value of these assets is less than the carrying value.  

If we determine that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value, based upon the annual test or the existence 
of one or more indicators of impairment, we would then measure impairment based on a comparison of the implied fair 
value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. To the extent the carrying amount of goodwill is greater than 
the implied fair value of goodwill, we would record an impairment charge for the difference.  

We evaluate all of our long-lived assets, including intangible assets other than goodwill, for impairment in accordance 
with the provisions of FASB ASC-360-10. Long-lived assets and intangible assets other than goodwill are evaluated for 
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  an  asset  may  not  be 
recoverable based on expected undiscounted cash flows attributable to that asset.  

Valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets 

Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax basis of assets 
and liabilities, and are measured using currently enacted tax rates and laws. Deferred income taxes also arise from the 
future benefits of net operating loss carryforwards.  A valuation allowance equal to 100% of the net deferred tax assets 
has been recognized due to uncertainty regarding future realization. 

Accounting for stock-based compensation 

The Company  uses a lattice  valuation  model to account  for all stock options granted.  The lattice valuation  model 
provides a flexible analysis to value options because of its ability to incorporate inputs that change over time, such 
as actual exercise behavior of option holders. The Company uses historical data to estimate the option exercise and 
employee departure behavior in the lattice valuation model. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the 
Company’s  stock.  The  Company  considers  all  employees  to  have  similar  exercise  behavior  and  therefore  has  not 
identified  separate  homogenous  groups  for  valuation.  The  expected  term  of  options  granted  is  derived  from  the 
output  of  the  option  pricing  model  and  represents  the  period  of  time  that  options  granted  are  expected  to  be 
outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods the options are expected to be outstanding is based on the U.S. Treasury 
yields in effect at the time of grant. Forfeitures are based on actual behavior patterns. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

The Company adopted in October 2010, the Accounting Standards Update 2009-13, “Revenue Recognition (Topic 
605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”) and ASU 2009-14, “Software (Topic 985) 
— Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements” (“ASU 2009-14”). ASU 2009-13 modifies the 
requirements that must be met for an entity to recognize revenue from the sale of a delivered item that is part of a 
multiple-element  arrangement  when  other  items  have  not  yet  been  delivered.  ASU  2009-13  eliminates  the 
requirement that all undelivered elements must have either: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence, or “VSOE”, or 
(ii)  third-party  evidence,  or  “TPE”,  before  an  entity  can  recognize  the  portion  of  an  overall  arrangement 
consideration that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE or TPE of the 
standalone  selling  price  for  one  or  more  delivered  or  undelivered  elements  in  a  multiple-element  arrangement, 
entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. Overall arrangement consideration will be 
allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of 
whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entity’s estimated selling price. The 
residual method of allocating arrangement consideration has been eliminated. ASU 2009-14 modifies the software 
revenue  recognition  guidance  to  exclude  from  its  scope  tangible  products  that  contain  both  software  and  non-
software  components  that  function  together  to  deliver  a  product’s  essential  functionality.  These  new  updates  are 
effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or 
after June 15, 2010. Entities must adopt the amendments resulting from both of these ASUs in the same period using 
the same transition  method,  where applicable. The adoption of these  ASUs did not  have a  material impact on the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and 
the  Allowance  for  Credit  Losses”  (“ASU  2010-20”).  The  standard  amends  ASC  Topic  310,  “Receivables”  to 
enhance disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses by requiring 
an entity to provide a greater level of disaggregated information and to disclose credit quality indicators, past due 
information,  and  modifications  of  its  financing  receivables.  ASU  2010-20  is  effective  for  interim  or  annual  fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2010-20 did not have a material impact 
on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  December  2010  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update 
(“ASU”)  2010-28,  “Intangibles  —  Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350):  When  to  Perform  Step  2  of  the  Goodwill 
Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts”. ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of 
the  goodwill  impairment  test  for  reporting  units  with  zero  or  negative  carrying  amounts  by  requiring  an  entity  to 
perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. This 
update  will be effective  for fiscal  years beginning after  December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance is  not 
expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  May  2011,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2011-04  “Amendments  to  Achieve  Common  Fair  Value  Measurement  and 
Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRSs”, (ASU 2011-04), which amends ASC 820. This update clarifies 
the  existing  guidance  and  amends  the  wording  used  to  describe  many  of  the  requirements  in  US  GAAP  for 
measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. This update is effective for fiscal 
years,  and  interim  periods  within  those  years,  beginning  after  December  15,  2011,  with  prospective  application 
required. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. 

In  September  2011,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2011-08,  “Intangible  –  Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350)  –  Testing 
Goodwill for Impairment.” The amendments in this ASU permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors related to 
goodwill  to  determine  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its 
carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill test described in 
Topic 350. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. Under the 
amendments  in  this  ASU,  an  entity  is  not  required  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  unless  the  entity 
determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments in this 
ASU  are  effective  for  annual  and  interim  goodwill  impairment  tests  performed  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

December  15,  2011.  Early  adoption  is  permitted,  including  for  annual  and  interim  goodwill  impairment  tests 
performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or 
interim  period  have  not  yet  been  issued.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  is  not  expected  to  have  an  impact  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do 
not  require  adoption  until  a  future  date  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company's  financial 
statements upon adoption. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition in conjunction with our 
consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Revenue  

Revenue  from  our  business  include  the  sales  of  Mediasite  recorders  and  server  software  products  and  related 
services contracts, such as customer support, installation, training, content hosting and event services.  We market 
our products to educational institutions, corporations and government agencies that need to deploy, manage, index 
and  distribute  video  content  on  Internet-based  networks.    We  reach  both  our  domestic  and  international  markets 
through reseller networks, a direct sales effort and partnerships with system integrators. 

Revenue  in  fiscal  2011  totaled  $25.2  million,  compared  to  $20.5  million  in  fiscal  2010,  an  increase  of  23%.   
Revenue consisted of the following: 

•  Product revenue from the sale of Mediasite recorder units and server software increased from $10.5 million 
in  fiscal 2010  to $12.8 million in  fiscal 2011.  Product revenue growth includes an increase in recorders 
sold to domestic higher education customers including an increase in discounted upgrade recorders sold to 
customers whose product had reached end of hardware warranty eligibility. 

Units sold 
Rack to mobile ratio 
Average sales price, excluding support (000’s) 
Refresh Units 

2011 
1,250 
2.3 to 1 
$9.6 
327 

2010 
1,023 
1.9 to 1 
$10.1 
158 

  Services revenue represents the portion of fees charged for Mediasite customer assurance service contracts 
amortized over the length of the contract, typically 12 months, as well as training, installation, event and 
content hosting services.  Services revenue increased from  $9.8 million in fiscal 2010 to $12.2 million in 
fiscal  2011  due primarily to  an increase in hosting and event services as  well as an  increase in customer 
support contracts on Mediasite recorder units. At September 30, 2011 $6.0 million of revenue was deferred, 
of which we expect to recognize approximately $2.4 million in the quarter ending December 31, 2011. 

  Other revenue relates to freight charges billed separately to our customers. 

Gross Margin  

Total gross margin in fiscal 2011 was $17.9 million or 71% compared to $15.4 million or 75% in fiscal 2010.  Gross 
margin was affected by an increase in direct and outsourced event labor costs with lower markups for services which 
the Company does not provide, such as closed captioning. Gross margin was also impacted by a greater volume of 
discounted upgrade units for customers whose product had reached end of hardware warranty eligibility, an increase 
in the rack to mobile ratio and by an increase in high definition material cost. These effects were partially offset by a 
lesser number of higher quantity transactions with corresponding discount pricing in fiscal 2011 than in fiscal 2010.  
The significant components of cost of revenue include:  

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

  Material and freight costs for the Mediasite recorders.  Costs for fiscal 2011 Mediasite recorder hardware 
and  other  costs  totaled  $4.8  million  compared  to  $3.4  million  in  fiscal  2010.    Freight  costs  were  $369 
thousand and labor and allocated costs were $813 thousand in fiscal 2011 compared to $226 thousand and 
$712 thousand in fiscal 2010.   

  Services costs.  Staff wages and other costs allocated to cost of service revenues were $1.4 million in fiscal 
2011  and $720  thousand  in  fiscal  2010,  resulting  in  gross  margin  on  services  of  89%  in  fiscal  2011  and 
93%  in  fiscal  2010.  Certain  customers  contracted  with  us  to  provide  a  suite  of  professional  services, 
including  closed  captioning  and  other  services  for  which  we  subcontract  and  charge  our  customers  at 
significantly  lower  profit  margins.    Such  sub-contracted  services  increased  by  approximately  $477 
thousand during fiscal 2011 over the prior year. 

The Company expects the gross margin percentage to remain constant or higher in fiscal 2012 as total revenue 
increases and as the Company benefits from manufacturing efficiencies in fiscal 2012. 

Operating Expenses  

Selling and Marketing Expenses  

Selling  and  marketing  expenses  include  wages  and  commissions  for  sales,  marketing,  business  development 
personnel,  print  advertising  and  various  promotional  expenses  for  our  products.  Timing  of  these  costs  may  vary 
greatly  depending  on  introduction  of  new  products  and  services  or  entrance  into  new  markets,  or  participation  in 
major tradeshows.  

Selling and marketing expense increased $1.25 million, or 13% from $9.5 million in fiscal 2010 to $10.75 million in 
fiscal 2011.  Significant differences include: 

  Salaries, incentive compensation, and benefits increased $769 thousand over the prior year due to slightly 
higher  staff  levels  in  fiscal  2011  and  the  increase  in  sales  and  corresponding  commission  compensation 
compared to fiscal 2010.   

  Costs  also  increased  by  $469  thousand  as  a  result  of  higher  stock  compensation  expense,  bonus  and 

depreciation expense. 

At September 30, 2011 we had 64 employees, excluding interns, in Selling and Marketing, an increase from 61 
employees at September 30, 2010.  We expect our headcount to increase slightly in fiscal 2012 to support future 
growth.  

General and Administrative Expenses 

General and administrative (“G&A”) expenses consist of personnel and related costs associated with the facilities, 
finance,  legal,  human  resource  and  information  technology  departments,  as  well  as  other  expenses  not  fully 
allocated to functional areas. 

G&A expenses increased $269 thousand, or 11%, from $2.5 million in fiscal 2010 to $2.8 million in fiscal 2011. 
Major components of the change include: 

  An increase in compensation  and benefits of $156  thousand, primarily related to a temporary increase in 

headcount during the second half of the year    

  Computer supplies increase of $64 thousand, primarily related to employee network support and upgrades 

At September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010 we had 6 full-time employees in G&A.  We do not anticipate 
growth in G&A headcount in fiscal 2012.  

Product Development Expenses 

Product development (“R&D”) expenses include salaries and wages of the software research and development staff 

42 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

and  an  allocation  of  benefits,  facility  and  administrative  expenses.  Fluctuations  in  product  development  expenses 
correlate directly to changes in headcount. 

R&D expenses  increased $449  thousand, or 14%,  from $3.1  million in  fiscal 2010  to $3.5  million in  fiscal 2011.  
Some significant differences include: 

  Professional  services  increase  of  $140  thousand,  primarily  related  to  payments  made  pursuant  to  a 

consulting agreement with our former chief technology officer during the second half of fiscal 2011 

  Costs  also  increased  by  $304  thousand  as  a  result  of  higher  stock  compensation  expense,  bonus  and 

depreciation expense. 

At September 30, 2011 we had 24 employees, excluding interns, in Product Development compared to 23 
employees at September 30, 2010.  We anticipate growth in R&D headcount in fiscal 2012.  No fiscal 2011 or 2010 
software development efforts qualified for capitalization.  

Severance Costs 

On September 30, 2011, Rimas Buinevicius resigned his position as Chief Strategy Officer, Executive Chairman of 
the Board, and Director. The Company has agreed to pay  Mr. Buinevicius, in equal bi-weekly installments over a 
one-year  period,  an  amount  equal  to  one  and  five  hundredths  (1.05) multiplied  by  the  highest  cash  compensation 
paid to Mr. Buinevicius in any of the last three fiscal years immediately prior to his termination. Mr. Buinevicius’ 
unvested stock options also immediately vested on September 30, 2011 upon termination.  The consulting agreement 
with Monty Schmidt, former Chief Technology Officer and Director, was also terminated in September 2011. The 
remaining  six  months  of  Mr.  Schmidt’s  consulting  agreement  along  with  Mr.  Buinevicius’  one  year  severance 
agreement and immediately vested stock options total $528 thousand of expense have been fully recognized in fiscal 
2011. These severance amounts will be paid in full throughout fiscal 2012.  

Other Expense, Net 

Other  income  included  primarily  interest  income  from  investments  in  certificates  of  deposit  and  overnight 
investment vehicles.  Lower interest rates led to a decrease in interest income from $20 thousand in fiscal 2010 to $6 
thousand  in  fiscal  2011.    Other  expense  primarily  consists  of  interest  costs  related  to  outstanding  debt  and 
amortization of a debt discount.  An increased level of debt in the second half of fiscal 2010 associated with a note 
payable to Partners for Growth  was the primary driver of increased interest expense from $190 thousand in fiscal 
2010 to $316 thousand in fiscal 2011.  Interest in fiscal 2011 includes $142 thousand of non-cash interest associated 
with the amortization of debt discount relating to the issuance of warrants.  The Company paid the balance of the 
note payable to Partners for Growth in October 2011. 

Provisions Related to Income Taxes 

The Company records a non-cash deferred tax liability related to goodwill acquired in 2001. The related income tax 
expense was $240 thousand for both fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010.  The Company netted an income tax credit of $29 
thousand against this amount for fiscal 2011 and $15 thousand for fiscal 2010. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES  

We fund our operations primarily with cash generated from operations and debt. On September 30, 2011 and 2010, 
we had cash and cash equivalents of $5.5 million and $3.4 million, respectively.  

Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  totaled  $1.4  million  in  fiscal  2011  and  $593  thousand  in  fiscal  2010,  an 
improvement of $821 thousand.  Cash provided in fiscal 2011 was impacted by working capital changes including 
the  negative  effects  of  a  $746  thousand  increase  in  accounts  receivable  and  an  increase  in  prepaid  expenses  and 
other assets of $307 thousand.  These were offset by the positive effects of increases in accounts payable, accrued 
liabilities and other long-term liabilities of $999 thousand.  During 2010, working capital adjustments included the 
positive  effects  of  an  increase  in  unearned  revenue  and  accounts  payable,  accrued  liabilities  and  other  long-term 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

liabilities  of  $801  thousand  and  $122  thousand,  respectively.    These  were  offset  by  the  negative  effects  of  an 
increase in accounts receivable of $1.3 million. 

Cash used in investing activities totaled $739 thousand in fiscal 2011 compared to cash used in investing activities 
of $464 thousand in fiscal 2010.  Investing activities for each of these two years were due to purchases of property 
and equipment. 

Cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2011 totaled $1.5 million compared to $631 thousand in fiscal 2010. 
Cash provided in fiscal 2011 was due primarily to proceeds from exercise of common stock options of $1.7 million 
and  $800  thousand  of  proceeds  from  notes  payable.    This  was  partially  offset  by  $985  thousand  of  cash  used  for 
payments on notes payable. Cash provided in fiscal 2010 was primarily due to a new note payable for $1.25 million 
partially offset by $613 thousand of cash used for payments on notes payable and the line of credit.  

The Company believes its cash position is adequate to accomplish its business plan through at least the next twelve 
months. We will likely evaluate operating or capital lease opportunities to finance equipment purchases in the future 
or  utilization  of  the  Company’s  revolving  line  of  credit  to  support  working  capital  needs.  We  may  also  seek 
additional  equity  financing,  or  issue  additional  shares  previously  registered  in  our  available  shelf  registration, 
although we currently have no plans to do so.  

On  March  5,  2010,  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary  executed  the  $1,250,000  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement (the “Term Loan”) with Partners for Growth II. L.P. (“PFG”).   The Term Loan bears interest at 11.75% 
per  annum  with  principal  due  in  36  equal  monthly  payments  of  $34,722  beginning  April  1,  2011  and  continuing 
through March 1, 2014.  Coincident with closing of the Term Loan the Company repaid the outstanding balance of 
its revolving line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank (“Silicon Valley Bank”). In October 2011, the Company paid 
off the remaining balance of the Term Loan.  

On June 27, 2011, the Companies executed the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with 
Silicon Valley Bank (the “Second Amended Agreement”).  Under the Second Amended Agreement, the revolving 
line of credit will continue to have a maximum principal amount of $3,000,000. Interest will accrue on the revolving 
line of credit at  the per annum rate of one percent (1.0%) above the Prime  Rate (as defined), provided that Sonic 
Foundry  maintains  an  Adjusted  Quick  Ratio  (as  defined)  of  greater  than  2.0  to  1.0,  or  one-and-one  half  percent 
(1.5%) above the Prime Rate, if Sonic Foundry does not maintain an Adjusted Quick Ratio of greater than 2.0 to 1.0. 
The Second Amended Agreement does not provide for a minimum interest rate on the revolving loan. The Second 
Amended Agreement also provides for an increase in the advance rate on domestic receivables from 75% to 80%, 
and extends the facility maturity date to October 1, 2013. Under the Second Amended Agreement, the existing term 
loan will continue to accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) one percentage point (1.0%) above 
Silicon Valley Bank’s prime rate; or (ii) eight and three quarters percent (8.75%). In addition, a new term loan can 
be issued in multiple draws provided that the total term loan from Silicon Valley Bank shall not exceed $2,000,000 
and provided further that total term debt shall not exceed $2,400,000. Under the Second Amended Agreement, any 
new draws on the term loan  will accrue  interest at a per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate plus three and three 
quarters percent (3.75%). The Second Amended Agreement does not provide for a minimum interest rate on the new 
term loan. Each draw on the new term loan will be amortized over a 36-month period. All draws on the term loan 
must  be  made  within  ten  (10) months  of  June 27,  2011.  The  Second  Amended  Agreement  also  requires  Sonic 
Foundry to continue to comply with certain financial covenants, including covenants to maintain an Adjusted Quick 
Ratio  (as  defined)  of  at  least  1.75  to  1.00  and  Debt  Service  Coverage  Ratio  of  at  least  1.25  to  1.00,  the  latter  of 
which will be waived if certain funds are reserved. The Company maintains the revolving line of credit with Silicon 
Valley and has $1.9 million available for borrowing at September 30, 2011. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Contractual Obligations 

The following summarizes our contractual obligations at September 30, 2011 and the effect those obligations are 
expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands): 

Total 

  Less than 

  Years 2-3 

  Years 4-5 

Contractual Obligations: 
Product purchase commitments 
Operating lease obligations 
Capital lease obligations (a) 
Notes payable (a) 

$   1,314 

4,144     
290 
1,763 

1 Year 
   $  1,314 
553 
103 
997 

  $       ─ 
   1,145 
187 
766 

  $       ─ 
      1,193 
       ─ 
       ─ 

Over 5 
years 
  $       ─ 
       1,253 
       ─ 
       ─ 

(a)  Includes fixed and determinable interest payments 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

Derivative Financial Instruments  

We  are  not  party  to  any  derivative  financial  instruments  or  other  financial  instruments  for  which  the  fair  value 
disclosure would be required under FASB ASC-815-10.  Our cash equivalents consist of overnight investments in 
money market funds that are carried at fair value. Accordingly, we believe that the market risk of such investments 
is minimal.  

Interest Rate Risk  

Our cash equivalents are subject to interest rate fluctuations, however, we believe this risk is not significant due to 
the short-term nature of these investments.  

At September 30, 2011, $0.6 million of debt outstanding is at a fixed rate and $1.0 million of debt outstanding is 
variable rate. We do not expect that an increase in the level of interest rates  would have a material impact on our 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  We  monitor  our  positions  with,  and  the  credit  quality  of,  the  financial 
institutions that are party to any of our financial transactions. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk  

All international sales of our products are denominated in US dollars.  

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

ITEM 8.  

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Stockholders  
Sonic Foundry, Inc.  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sonic Foundry, Inc. and subsidiary (a 
Maryland Corporation) as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of 
operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years then ended.  Our audits of the basic 
consolidated financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under 
Item 15(a)(2).  These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the 
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and 
financial statement schedules based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not 
required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. 
Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such 
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of Sonic Foundry, Inc. and subsidiary as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the 
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the related 
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken 
as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin  
November 22, 2011 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands except for share and per share data) 

Assets  
Current assets:  

Cash and cash equivalents 

     Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $90 and $105 

Inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

      Total current assets 

Property and equipment: 

Leasehold improvements 
Computer equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 

Total property and equipment 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Net property and equipment 

Other assets: 
Goodwill  
Other intangibles, net of amortization of $137 and $71 

Total assets 

Liabilities and stockholders' equity  
Current liabilities:  

Revolving line of credit 
Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Accrued severance 
Unearned revenue 
Current portion of capital lease obligations 
Current portion of notes payable 
 Total current liabilities 

Long-term portion of unearned revenue 
Long-term portion of capital lease obligation 
Long-term portion of notes payable 
Other liabilities 
Deferred tax liability 
  Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies 

Stockholders' equity: 

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 500,000 shares; none issued  
5% preferred stock, Series B, voting, cumulative, convertible, $.01 par value 
(liquidation preference at par), authorized 1,000,000 shares, none issued  
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; 3,845,531 and 
3,650,823 shares issued and 3,832,815 and 3,638,107 shares outstanding  

Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 
Receivable for common stock issued 
Treasury stock, at cost, 12,716 shares 

Total stockholders' equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 

See accompanying notes  

47 

September 30, 

2011 

2010 

$      5,515 
5,799 
536 
740 
12,590 

$     3,358 
5,038 
541 
433 
9,370 

980 
3,586 
461 
5,027 
3,391 
1,636 

980 
2,597 
461 
4,038 
2,801 
1,237 

7,576 
38 
$       21,840 

7,576 
84 
$   18,267 

$              -   
       1,373 
1,073 
528 
5,547 
89 
897 
9,507 

471 
177 
694 
-   
1,730 
12,579 

  $           -   
         1,138 
752 
-   
5,486 
-   
552 
7,928 

587 
-   
1,040 
85 
1,490 
11,130 

─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 

38 
188,339 
(178,921) 
(26) 
(169) 
9,261 
$      21,840 

37 
  185,973 
  (178,678) 
(26) 
(169) 
7,137 
  $   18,267 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended September 30, 

2011 

2010 

$    12,784 
12,187 
251 
25,222 

$    10,477 
9,849 
150 
20,476 

5,957 
1,354 
7,311 
17,911 

10,755 
2,811 
528 
3,539 
17,633 
278 

(316) 
6 
(310) 
(32) 
(211) 

4,345 
720 
5,065 
15,411 

9,506 
2,542 
-   
3,090 
15,138 
273 

(190) 
20 
(170) 
103 
(225) 

$        (243) 

$        (122) 

$      (0.06) 
$      (0.06) 

$      (0.03) 
$      (0.03) 

3,748,840 
3,748,840 

3,617,423 
3,617,423 

Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
(in thousands except for share and per share data) 

Revenue: 
Product 
Services 
Other 
Total revenue 

Cost of revenue: 
Product 
Services 
Total cost of revenue 
Gross margin 

Operating expenses: 
Selling and marketing  
General and administrative 
Severance costs 
Product development 
Total operating expenses 
Income from operations 

Interest expense 
Other income, net 
Total other expense, net 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 

Net loss 

Loss per common share: 
Basic net loss per common share 
Diluted net loss per common share 

Weighted average common shares   – Basic 

  – Diluted 

See accompanying notes  

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 
(in thousands) 

Common 
stock 

  Additional 
paid-in 
capital 

Accumulated 
Deficit 

  Receivable 
for common 
stock issued 

Treasury 
stock 

Total 

$    362 

 $184,990 

 $ (178,556) 

$     (26) 

$   (169) 

$   6,601   

(325) 

─ 

─ 

─ 
─ 

325 

295 

325 

38 

 ─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 

         (122) 

─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 
 ─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 
 ─ 

─   

295 

325 

38 
(122) 

     37 

 185,973 

 (178,678) 

     (26) 

  (169) 

  7,137  

─ 

─ 

1 
─ 

664 

32 

─ 

─ 

1,670 
 ─ 

─ 
       (243) 

─ 

─ 

─ 
─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 
─ 

664 

32 

1,671 
(243) 

$     38 

$188,339 

$ (178,921) 

$     (26) 

$   (169) 

$   9,261 

Balance,  
September 30, 2009 

One for ten reverse stock 

split 

Stock compensation and 

other 

Issuance of common 
stock warrants and 
common stock 
Exercise of common 

stock options 

Net loss 
Balance,  
September 30, 2010 

Stock compensation and 

other 

Issuance of common 

stock  

Exercise of common 
stock warrants and 
options 

Net loss 
Balance,  
September 30, 2011 

See accompanying notes

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

Operating activities  

Net loss 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Amortization of other intangibles  
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment 
Provision for doubtful accounts 
Deferred taxes 
Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities 

     Unearned revenue 
Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities 

Purchases of property and equipment 
Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities 

Net proceeds from (payments on) revolving line of credit 
Proceeds from notes payable 
Payments on notes payable 
Payments of loan fees 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock 
Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrants and options 
Payments on capital leases 
Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

Supplemental cash flow information: 

Interest paid 

Non-cash transactions: 

Property and equipment financed by accounts payable, accrued liabilities or capital lease 

See accompanying notes

Years Ended September 30, 

2011 

2010 

$      (243) 

$      (122) 

208 
704 
(15) 
240 
707 

(746) 
(78) 
(307) 
999 
(55) 
1,414 

(739) 
(739) 

—  
800 
(985) 
(21) 
32 
1,671 
(15) 
1,482 

73 
543 
—  
240 
295 

(1,297) 
(101) 
39 
122 
801 
593 

(464) 
(464) 

(300) 
1,250 
(313) 
(90) 
70 
38 
(24) 
631 

2,157 
3,358 
$       5,515 

760 
2,598 
  $       3,358 

174 

330 

153 

63 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

1.  Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies  

Business  

Sonic  Foundry,  Inc.  (the  Company)  is  in  the  business  of  providing  enterprise  solutions  and  services  for  the  web 
communications market. 

Reverse Stock Split 

Effective November 16, 2009, the Company implemented a one-for-ten reverse stock split of its stock.  All shares 
and per share data in this report have been adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split. 

Principles of Consolidation  

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned 
subsidiary,  Sonic  Foundry  Media  Systems,  Inc.  All  significant  intercompany  transactions  and  balances  have  been 
eliminated. In 2011 and 2010, net loss equaled comprehensive loss as there were no items of comprehensive income.  

Use of Estimates  

In preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America (US GAAP), management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts 
of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenue  and  expense  during  the  period.    Actual  results  could  differ  from 
those estimates.  

Revenue Recognition  

General  

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery occurs or services are rendered, 
the  sales  price  is  fixed  or  determinable  and  collectability  is  reasonably  assured.  Revenue  is  deferred  when 
undelivered  products  or  services  are  essential  to  the  functionality  of  delivered  products,  customer  acceptance  is 
uncertain, significant obligations remain, or the fair value of undelivered elements is unknown. The Company does 
not  offer  customers  the  right  to  return  product,  other  than  for  exchange  or  repair  pursuant  to  a  warranty  or  stock 
rotation.    The  Company’s  policy  is  to  reduce  revenue  if  it  incurs  an  obligation  for  price  rebates  or  other  such 
programs during the period the obligation and sale occurs.  The following policies apply to the Company’s major 
categories of revenue transactions.  

Products   

Products are considered delivered, and revenue is recognized, when title and risk of loss have been transferred to the 
customer. Under the terms and conditions of the sale, this occurs at the time of shipment to the customer. Product 
revenue  currently  represents  sales  of  our  Mediasite  recorder  and  Mediasite  related  products  such  as  our  server 
software.  

Services  

The Company sells support and content hosting contracts to our customers, typically one year in length, and records 
the related revenue ratably over the contractual period.  Our support contracts cover phone and electronic technical 
support availability over and above the level provided by our distribution partners, software upgrades on a when and 
if available basis, advance hardware replacement and an extension of the standard hardware warranty from 90 days 
to  one  year.    The  manufacturers  we  contract  with  to  build  the  units  provide  a  limited  one-year  warranty  on  the 
hardware.  We also sell installation, training, event webcasting, and customer content hosting services.  Revenue for 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

those services is recognized when performed in the case of installation, training and event webcasting services and is 
recognized ratably over the contract period when these additional elements are sold with hosting.  Service amounts 
invoiced  to  customers  in  excess  of  revenue  recognized  are  recorded  as  deferred  revenue  until  the  revenue 
recognition criteria are met.  

Revenue Arrangements that Include Multiple Elements  

The Company has historically applied the software revenue recognition rules as prescribed by Accounting Standards 
Codification (ASC) Subtopic 985-605. In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued 
Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  Number  2009-14,  “Certain  Revenue  Arrangements  That  Include  Software 
Elements,”  which  amended  ASC  Subtopic  985-605.  This  ASU  removes  tangible  products  containing  software 
components and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality from 
the scope of the software revenue recognition rules. In the case of the Company’s hardware products with embedded 
software, the Company has determined that the hardware and software components function together to deliver the 
product’s essential functionality, and therefore, the revenue from the sale of these products no longer falls within the 
scope of the software revenue recognition rules. Revenue from the sale of software-only products remains within the 
scope  of  the  software  revenue  recognition  rules.  Installation,  training,  and  post  customer  support  no  longer  fall 
within the scope of the software revenue recognition rules, except when they are sold with and relate to a software-
only  product.  Revenue  recognition  for  products  that  no  longer  fall  under  the  scope  of  the  software  revenue 
recognition  rules  is  similar  to  that  for  other  tangible  products.  ASU  Number  2009-13,  “Multiple-Deliverable 
Revenue  Arrangements,”  which  amended  ASC  Topic  605 and  was  also  issued  in  October  2009,  is  applicable  for 
multiple-deliverable  revenue  arrangements.  ASU  2009-13  allows  companies  to  allocate  revenue  in  a  multiple-
deliverable  arrangement  in  a  manner  that  better  reflects  the  transaction’s  economics.  ASU  2009-13  and  2009-14 
were adopted and are effective for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in the Company’s fiscal 
year 2011. 

Under the software revenue recognition rules, the fee from a multiple-deliverable arrangement is allocated to each of 
the  undelivered  elements  based  upon  vendor-specific  objective  evidence  (VSOE),  which  is  limited  to  the  price 
charged when the same deliverable is sold separately, with the residual value from the arrangement allocated to the 
delivered element. The portion of the fee that is allocated to each deliverable is then recognized as revenue when the 
criteria  for  revenue  recognition  are  met  with  respect  to  that  deliverable.  If  VSOE  does  not  exist  for  all  of  the 
undelivered  elements,  then  all  revenue  from  the  arrangement  is  typically  deferred  until  all  elements  have  been 
delivered to the customer. All revenue arrangements, with the exception of hosting contracts, entered into prior to 
October 1, 2010 and the sale of all software-only products and associated services have been accounted for under 
this guidance during the year ended September 30, 2011. 

Under  the  revenue  recognition  rules  for  tangible  products  as  amended  by  ASU  2009-13,  the  fee  from  a  multiple-
deliverable arrangement is allocated to each of the deliverables based upon their relative selling prices as determined 
by  a  selling-price  hierarchy.  A  deliverable  in  an  arrangement  qualifies  as  a  separate  unit  of  accounting  if  the 
delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. A delivered item that does not qualify as a separate 
unit of accounting is combined with the other undelivered items in the arrangement and revenue is recognized for 
those combined deliverables as a single unit of accounting. The selling price used for each deliverable is based upon 
VSOE if available, third-party evidence (TPE) if VSOE is not available, and best estimate of selling price (ESP) if 
neither VSOE nor TPE are available. TPE is the price of the Company’s or any competitor’s largely interchangeable 
products  or  services  in  stand-alone  sales  to  similarly  situated  customers.  ESP  is  the  price  at  which  the  Company 
would sell the deliverable if it were sold regularly on a stand-alone basis, considering market conditions and entity-
specific factors. All revenue arrangements negotiated after September 30, 2010, excluding the sale of all software-
only products and associated services, have been accounted for under this guidance during the year ended September 
30, 2011. 

The selling prices used in the relative selling price allocation method are as follows: (1) for the Company’s products 
and  certain  services  are  based  upon  VSOE,  (2)  for  hardware  products  with  embedded  software  for  which  VSOE 
does not exist are based upon ESP. The Company does not believe TPE exists for any of these products and services 
because they are differentiated from competing products and services in terms of functionality and performance and 

52 

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

there  are  no  competing  products  or  services  that  are  largely  interchangeable.  Management  establishes  ESP  for 
hardware  products  with  embedded  software  using  a  cost  plus  margin  approach  with  consideration  for  market 
conditions, such as the impact of competition and geographic considerations, and entity-specific factors, such as the 
cost of the product and the Company’s profit objectives. Management believes that ESP is reflective of reasonable 
pricing of that deliverable as if priced on a stand-alone basis. When a sales transaction includes deliverables that are 
divided  between  ASC  Topic  605  and  ASC  Subtopic  985-605,  the  Company  allocates  the  selling  price  using  the 
relative selling price method whereas value is allocated using an ESP for software developed using a percent of list 
price approach. The other deliverables are valued using ESP or VSOE as previously discussed. 

While the pricing model, currently in use, captures all critical variables, unforeseen changes due to external market 
forces may result in a revision of the inputs. These modifications may result in the consideration allocation differing 
from  the  one  presently  in  use.  Absent  a  significant  change  in  the  pricing  inputs  or  the  way  in  which  the  industry 
structures  its  deals,  future  changes  in  the  pricing  model  are  not  expected  to  materially  affect  our  allocation  of 
arrangement consideration. 

Management has established VSOE for hosting services. Billings for hosting are spread ratably over the term of the 
hosting agreement, with the typical hosting agreement having a term of 12 months, with renewal on an annual basis. 
The  Company  sells  most  hosting  contracts  without  the  inclusion  of  products,  and  occasionally  some  hosting 
contracts in conjunction with the sale of product. When the hosting arrangement is sold in conjunction with product, 
the product revenue is recognized immediately while the remaining hosting revenue is spread ratably over the term 
of  the  hosting  agreement.  The  selling  price  is  allocated  between  these  elements  using  the  relative  selling  price 
method.  The  Company  uses  the  estimated  selling  price  method  for  development  of  the  selling  price  for  hardware 
products with embedded software. 

Reserves 

The Company records reserves for stock rotations, price adjustments, rebates, and sales incentives to reduce revenue 
and accounts receivable for these and other credits granted to customers. Such reserves are recorded at the time of 
sale  and  are  calculated  based  on  historical  information  (such  as  rates  of  product  stock  rotations)  and  the  specific 
terms of sales programs, taking into account any other known information about likely customer behavior. If actual 
customer  behavior  differs  from  our  expectations,  additional  reserves  may  be  required.  Also,  if  the  Company 
determines that it can no longer accurately estimate amounts for stock rotations and sales incentives, the Company 
would not be able to recognize revenue until resellers sell the inventory to the final end user. 

Shipping and Handling  

The  Company’s  shipping  and  handling  costs  billed  to  customers  are  included  in  other  revenue.    Costs  related  to 
shipping and handling are included in cost of revenue and are recorded at the time of shipment to the customer.  

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties 

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with two major financial institutions.  At times, deposits in 
these institutions exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits.  The Company has not experienced any 
losses on such amounts and believes that it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on these balances. 

We assess the realization of  our receivables by performing ongoing credit evaluations  of our customers’  financial 
condition.  Through  these  evaluations,  we  may  become  aware  of  a  situation  where  a  customer  may  not  be  able  to 
meet its financial obligations due to deterioration of its financial viability, credit ratings or bankruptcy.  Our reserve 
requirements are based on the best facts available to us and are reevaluated and adjusted as additional information is 
received.  Our  reserves  are  also  based  on  amounts  determined  by  using  percentages  applied  to  certain  aged 
receivable categories.  These percentages are determined by a variety of factors including, but not limited to, current 
economic  trends,  historical  payment  and  bad  debt  write-off  experience.  Allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for 
accounts receivable was $90,000 at September 30, 2011 and $105,000 at September 30, 2010. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

We  had  billings  for  Mediasite  product  and  support  services  as  a  percentage  of  total  billings  to  one  distributor  of 
approximately 24% in 2011 and 32% in 2010 and to a second distributor of approximately 26% in 2011 and 22% in 
2010.  At  September  30,  2011  and  2010,  these  two  distributors  represented  68%  and  57%,  respectively  of  total 
accounts receivable. 

Currently  all  of  our  product  inventory  purchases  are  from  two  suppliers.  Although  we  believe  there  are  multiple 
sources of supply from other contract manufacturers as well as multiple suppliers of component parts required by the 
contract manufacturers, a disruption of supply of component parts or completed products, even if short term, would 
have a negative impact on our revenues. At September 30, 2011 and 2010, these two suppliers represented 21% and 
55%, respectively of total accounts payable. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to 
be cash equivalents.   

Trade Accounts Receivable 

The majority of the Company’s accounts receivable are due from entities in, or distributors or value added resellers 
to,  the  education,  corporate  and  government  sectors.    Credit  is  extended  based  on  evaluation  of  a  customer’s 
financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required.  Accounts receivable are typically due  within 30 days 
and  are  stated  at  amounts  due  from  customers  net  of  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts.    Accounts  outstanding 
longer than the contractual payment terms are considered to be past due.  The Company determines its allowance by 
considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s 
previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the 
general  economy  and  the  industry  as  a  whole.    The  Company  writes-off  accounts  receivable  when  they  become 
uncollectible,  and  payments  subsequently  received  on  such  receivables  are  credited  to  the  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts.  Interest is not accrued on past due receivables. 

Inventory Valuation  

Inventory  consists  of  raw  materials  and  supplies  used  in  the  assembly  of  Mediasite  recorders  and  finished  units.  
Inventory of completed units and spare parts are carried at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on a 
first-in, first-out basis.  

Inventory consists of the following (in thousands):  

Raw materials and supplies 
Finished goods 

Software Development Costs  

September 30, 

2011 

2010 

$       10     
    526 
$     536 

$       10     
    531 
  $     541 

Internal  software  development  costs  are  capitalized  after  technological  feasibility  is  established.    The  capitalized 
cost is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated product life, or on the ratio of current revenue to 
total  projected  product  revenue,  whichever  is  greater.  To  date,  the  period  between  achieving  technological 
feasibility, which the Company has defined as the establishment of a working model, typically occurs when the beta 
testing  commences,  and  the  general  availability  of  such  software  has  been  short  and  software  development  costs 
qualifying  for  capitalization  have  been  insignificant.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has  not  capitalized  any  internal 
software development costs.   

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Property and Equipment  

Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost  and  are  depreciated  using  the  straight-line  method  for  financial 
reporting purposes. The estimated useful lives used to calculate depreciation are as follows:  

Leasehold improvements 
Computer equipment  
Furniture and fixtures 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

Years 
5 to 10 years 
3 to 5 years 
5 to 7 years 

We assess the impairment of goodwill on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the fair value of these assets is less than the carrying value.  

If we determine that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value, based upon the annual test or the existence 
of one or more indicators of impairment, we would then measure impairment based on a comparison of the implied fair 
value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. To the extent the carrying amount of goodwill is greater than 
the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill,  we  would  record  an  impairment  charge  for  the  difference.  The  Company  has 
recognized no such losses as of September 30, 2011 and 2010.  

Long-lived assets and intangible assets other than goodwill are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable based on expected undiscounted cash 
flows attributable to that asset. For the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, no events or changes in circumstances 
occurred that required this analysis. 

Advertising Expense 

Advertising  costs  included  in  selling  and  marketing,  are  expensed  when  the  advertising  first  takes  place. 
Advertising expense was $169 and $156 thousand for years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

Research and Development Costs 

Research and development costs are expensed in the period incurred. 

Income Taxes  

Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax basis of 
assets and liabilities, and are measured using currently enacted tax rates and laws. Deferred income taxes also arise 
from  the  future  benefits  of  net  operating  loss  carryforwards.    A  valuation  allowance  equal  to  100%  of  the  net 
deferred tax assets has been recognized due to uncertainty regarding the future realization. 

The Company also accounts for the uncertainty in income taxes related to the recognition and measurement of a tax 
position and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return.  The Company 
follows  the  applicable  accounting  guidance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and  penalties,  accounting  in 
interim periods and disclosure related to the uncertainty in income tax positions. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The Company's financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts 
payable and debt instruments. The book values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, debt and accounts 
payable  are  considered  to  be  representative  of  their  respective  fair  values.  The  carrying  value  of  capital  lease 
obligations, including the current portion, approximates fair market value as the fixed rate approximates the current 
market rate of interest available to the Company. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company uses a lattice valuation model to account for all employee stock options granted. The lattice valuation 
model provides a flexible analysis to value options because of its ability to incorporate inputs that change over time, 
such as actual exercise behavior of option holders. The Company uses historical data to estimate the option exercise 
and employee departure behavior in the lattice valuation model. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility 
of the Company’s stock. The Company considers all employees to have similar exercise behavior and therefore has 
not identified separate homogenous groups for valuation. The expected term of options granted is derived from the 
output  of  the  option  pricing  model  and  represents  the  period  of  time  that  options  granted  are  expected  to  be 
outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods the options are expected to be outstanding is based on the U.S. Treasury 
yields in effect at the time of grant. Forfeitures are based on actual behavior patterns. 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated using the assumptions in the following table: 

Expected life 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected forfeiture rate 
Expected exercise factor 
Expected dividend yield 

Per Share Computation  

Years Ending September 30, 
2010 
2011 

4.4 – 4.8 years 
0.4% - 1.4% 
68.2% - 83.0% 
12.80%-17.70% 
1.15 – 1.32 
0% 

4.4 – 5.5 years 
0.8% - 1.4% 
83.2% - 87.2% 
15.41%-18.38% 
1.19 – 2.23 
0% 

Basic and diluted net loss per share information for all periods is presented under the requirements of FASB ASC-
260-10.    Basic  earnings  per  share  has  been  computed  using  the  weighted-average  number  of  shares  of  common 
stock outstanding during the period, less shares that may be repurchased, and excludes any dilutive effects of options 
and warrants.  If the Company had reported net income during the periods presented below, diluted net income per 
share  would  have  been  computed  using  common  equivalent  shares  related  to  outstanding  options  and  warrants  to 
purchase common stock.  The numerator for the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is  net income 
(loss).    The  following  table  sets  forth  the  computation  of  basic  and  diluted  weighted  average  shares  used  in  the 
earnings per share calculations:  

Denominator for basic earnings per share 
- weighted average common shares 

Years ended September 30, 
2010 

2011 

3,748,840 

3,617,423 

Effect of dilutive options and warrants (treasury method) 

─ 

─ 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share 

- adjusted weighted average common shares 

3,748,840 

3,617,423 

Options and warrants outstanding during each year, but not included in the 
computation of diluted earnings per share because they are antidilutive 

787,347 

855,792 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

The Company adopted in October 2010, the Accounting Standards Update 2009-13, “Revenue Recognition (Topic 
605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”) and ASU 2009-14, “Software (Topic 985) 
— Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements” (“ASU 2009-14”). ASU 2009-13 modifies the 

56 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

requirements that must be met for an entity to recognize revenue from the sale of a delivered item that is part of a 
multiple-element  arrangement  when  other  items  have  not  yet  been  delivered.  ASU  2009-13  eliminates  the 
requirement that all undelivered elements must have either: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence, or “VSOE”, or 
(ii)  third-party  evidence,  or  “TPE”,  before  an  entity  can  recognize  the  portion  of  an  overall  arrangement 
consideration that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE or TPE of the 
standalone  selling  price  for  one  or  more  delivered  or  undelivered  elements  in  a  multiple-element  arrangement, 
entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. Overall arrangement consideration will be 
allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of 
whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entity’s estimated selling price. The 
residual method of allocating arrangement consideration has been eliminated. ASU 2009-14 modifies the software 
revenue  recognition  guidance  to  exclude  from  its  scope  tangible  products  that  contain  both  software  and  non-
software  components  that  function  together  to  deliver  a  product’s  essential  functionality.  These  new  updates  are 
effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or 
after June 15, 2010. Entities must adopt the amendments resulting from both of these ASUs in the same period using 
the same transition  method,  where applicable. The adoption of these  ASUs did not  have a  material impact on the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and 
the  Allowance  for  Credit  Losses”  (“ASU  2010-20”).  The  standard  amends  ASC  Topic  310,  “Receivables”  to 
enhance disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses by requiring 
an entity to provide a greater level of disaggregated information and to disclose credit quality indicators, past due 
information,  and  modifications  of  its  financing  receivables.  ASU  2010-20  is  effective  for  interim  or  annual  fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2010-20 did not have a material impact 
on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  December  2010  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update 
(“ASU”)  2010-28,  “Intangibles  —  Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350):  When  to  Perform  Step  2  of  the  Goodwill 
Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts”. ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of 
the  goodwill  impairment  test  for  reporting  units  with  zero  or  negative  carrying  amounts  by  requiring  an  entity  to 
perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. This 
update  will be effective  for fiscal  years beginning after  December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance is  not 
expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  May  2011,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2011-04  “Amendments  to  Achieve  Common  Fair  Value  Measurement  and 
Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRSs”, (ASU 2011-04), which amends ASC 820. This update clarifies 
the  existing  guidance  and  amends  the  wording  used  to  describe  many  of  the  requirements  in  US  GAAP  for 
measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. This update is effective for fiscal 
years,  and  interim  periods  within  those  years,  beginning  after  December  15,  2011,  with  prospective  application 
required. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. 

In  September  2011,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2011-08,  “Intangible  –  Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350)  –  Testing 
Goodwill for Impairment.” The amendments in this ASU permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors related to 
goodwill  to  determine  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its 
carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill test described in 
Topic 350. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. Under the 
amendments  in  this  ASU,  an  entity  is  not  required  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  unless  the  entity 
determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments in this 
ASU  are  effective  for  annual  and  interim  goodwill  impairment  tests  performed  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December  15,  2011.  Early  adoption  is  permitted,  including  for  annual  and  interim  goodwill  impairment  tests 
performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or 
interim  period  have  not  yet  been  issued.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  is  not  expected  to  have  an  impact  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do 
not  require  adoption  until  a  future  date  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company's  financial 
statements upon adoption. 

2.  Commitments  

The Company leases certain equipment under capital lease agreements expiring through August 2014.  Such leases 
are  included  in  fixed  assets  with  a  cost  of  $282  thousand  and  accumulated  depreciation  of  $10  thousand  at 
September 30, 2011. Minimum lease payments, including principal and interest, are summarized in the table below.    

Fiscal Year  (in thousands) 

2012 
2013 
2014 
Total payments 
Less interest 
Total 

Capital 

$         103 
103 
         84 
290 
(24) 
$         266 

The  Company  leases  certain  facilities  and  equipment  under  operating  lease  agreements  expiring  at  various  times 
through  September  30,  2018.  Total  rent  expense  related  to  continuing  operations  on  all  operating  leases  was 
approximately $522 thousand and $501 thousand for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.   

The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments under operating leases: 

Fiscal Year  (in thousands) 

2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 
Total 

Operating 

$         553    

566 
579 
589 
604 
1,253 
$      4,144 

The  Company  enters  into  unconditional  purchase  commitments  on  a  regular  basis  for  the  supply  of  Mediasite 
product.  The Company has an obligation to purchase $1.3 million at September 30, 2011, which is not recorded on 
the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet.   

The  Company  enters  into  license  agreements  that  generally  provide  indemnification  against  intellectual  property 
claims for its customers as  well as indemnification agreements  with certain service providers, landlords and other 
parties  in  the  normal  course  of  business.    The  Company  has  not  incurred  any  material  costs  as  a  result  of  such 
indemnifications  and  has  not  accrued  any  liabilities  related  to  such  obligations  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

3.  Credit Arrangements  

On June 16, 2008, the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. (collectively, 
the  “Companies”)  entered  into  an  Amended  and  Restated  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  (the  “Amended  Loan 
Agreement”)  with  Silicon  Valley  Bank  (“Silicon  Valley  Bank”)  providing  for  a  credit  facility  in  the  form  of  a 
$3,000,000 secured revolving line of credit and a $1,000,000 term loan. The ability to borrow up to the maximum 
$3,000,000  amount  of  the  revolving  line  of  credit  is  determined  by  applying  an  applicable  percentage  to  eligible 
accounts receivable, which, is reduced by, among other things, a reserve.  Prior to the First Amendment, discussed 
below, the reserve was equal to the balance of the term loan when EBITDA, as defined, would have been less than 

58 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

$200,000 during the preceding six  month period.   Prior to the Second Amended Agreement, discussed below, the 
revolving line of credit accrued interest at a per annum rate equal to the following: (i) during such period that Sonic 
Foundry maintained an Adjusted Quick Ratio (as defined) of greater than 2.00 to 1.00, the greater of one percentage 
point (1.0%) above Silicon Valley Bank’s prime rate, or seven percent (7.0%); or (ii) during such period that Sonic 
Foundry  maintained  an  Adjusted  Quick  Ratio  equal  to  or  less  than  2.00  to  1.00,  the  greater  of  one  and  one-half 
percent (1.5%) above Silicon Valley Bank’s prime rate, or seven and one-half percent (7.5%). Under the Amended 
Loan Agreement and the Second Amended Agreement, the outstanding term loan will continue to accrue interest at 
a  per  annum  rate  equal  to  the  greater  of  (i) one  percentage  point  (1.0%) above  Silicon  Valley’s  prime  rate;  or 
(ii) eight and three quarters percent (8.75%).  Prior to the First Amendment, the maturity of both the term loan and 
the  revolving  line  of  credit  was  June  1,  2010.    At  the  maturity  date  all  outstanding  borrowings  and  any  unpaid 
interest thereon must be repaid, and all outstanding letters of credit must be cash collateralized. Principal on the term 
loan is to be repaid in thirty-six (36) monthly installments, and prior to the First Amendment as defined below, was 
to be repaid in full on May 1, 2010.  

On  April 14,  2009,  the  Companies  executed  the  First  Amendment  to  the  Amended  Loan  Agreement  with  Silicon 
Valley  Bank  (the  “First  Amendment”).    The  First  Amendment,  among  other  things,  a)  refinanced  the  $361,111 
outstanding  balance  of  the  Term  Loan  with  a  new  “Term  Loan  2”  in  the  amount  of  $1,000,000,  due  in  36  equal 
monthly installments of principal and interest; b) continued to require a reserve under the  Revolving Line for the 
balance of the term loan unless, for three (3) consecutive monthly periods, the ratio of EBITDA to Debt Service, in 
each  case  for  the  three  (3) month  period  then  ending  is  greater  than  or  equal  to  1.25  to  1.00;  c)  modified  the 
minimum  requirements  under  the  EBITDA  covenant,  but  maintained  a  provision  to  override  such  covenant  if  the 
Company  maintains  a  minimum  Adjusted  Quick  Ratio  of  1.75  to  1.00;  and  d)  extended  the  maturity  date  of  the 
Revolving Line to October 1, 2011 and the Term Loan 2 to April 1, 2012. The First Amendment also required the 
Company to continue to maintain certain of their depository, operating and securities accounts with Silicon Valley 
Bank,  and  to  continued  to  comply  with  certain  other  restrictive  loan  covenants,  including  covenants  limiting  the 
Companies’  ability  to  dispose  of  assets,  make  acquisitions,  be  acquired,  incur  indebtedness,  grant  liens,  make 
investments, pay dividends, and repurchase stock.   

On June 27, 2011, the Companies executed the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with 
Silicon Valley Bank (the “Second Amended Agreement”).  Under the Second Amended Agreement, the revolving 
line of credit will continue to have a maximum principal amount of $3,000,000. Interest will accrue on the revolving 
line of credit at  the per annum rate of one percent (1.0%) above the Prime  Rate (as defined), provided that Sonic 
Foundry  maintains  an  Adjusted  Quick  Ratio  (as  defined)  of  greater  than  2.0  to  1.0,  or  one-and-one  half  percent 
(1.5%) above the Prime Rate, if Sonic Foundry does not maintain an Adjusted Quick Ratio of greater than 2.0 to 1.0. 
The Second Amended Agreement does not provide for a minimum interest rate on the revolving loan. The Second 
Amended Agreement also provides for an increase in the advance rate on domestic receivables from 75% to 80%, 
and extends the facility maturity date to October 1, 2013. Under the Second Amended Agreement, the existing term 
loan will continue to accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) one percentage point (1.0%) above 
Silicon Valley Bank’s prime rate; or (ii) eight and three quarters percent (8.75%). In addition, a new term loan can 
be issued in multiple draws provided that the total term loan from Silicon Valley Bank shall not exceed $2,000,000 
and provided further that total term debt shall not exceed $2,400,000. Under the Second Amended Agreement, any 
new draws on the term loan  will accrue  interest at a per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate plus three and three 
quarters percent (3.75%). The Second Amended Agreement does not provide for a minimum interest rate on the new 
term loan. Each draw on the new term loan will be amortized over a 36-month period. All draws on the term loan 
must  be  made  within  ten  (10) months  of  June 27,  2011.  The  Second  Amended  Agreement  also  requires  Sonic 
Foundry to continue to comply with certain financial covenants, including covenants to maintain an Adjusted Quick 
Ratio  (as  defined)  of  at  least  1.75  to  1.00  and  Debt  Service  Coverage  Ratio  of  at  least  1.25  to  1.00,  the  latter  of 
which will be waived if certain funds are reserved.  

At September 30, 2011, a balance of $982 thousand was outstanding on the term loans with Silicon Valley Bank and 
no balance was outstanding on the revolving line of credit. At September 30, 2011, there was $1.9 million available 
under  this  credit  facility  for  advances  and  $1.2  million  was  available  for  advances  under  the  term  loan.  At 
September 30, 2011 the Company was in compliance with all covenants in the Second Amended Agreement. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

The Second Amended Agreement contains events of default that include, among others, non-payment of principal or 
interest,  inaccuracy  of  any  representation  or  warranty,  violation  of  covenants,  bankruptcy  and  insolvency  events, 
material judgments, cross defaults to certain other indebtedness, and material adverse changes. The occurrence of an 
event  of  default  could  result  in  the  acceleration  of  the  Companies’  obligations  under  the  Second  Amended 
Agreement.  

Pursuant  to  the  Second  Amended  Agreement,  the  Companies  pledged  as  collateral  to  Silicon  Valley  Bank 
substantially all non-intellectual property business assets. The Companies also entered into an Intellectual Property 
Security Agreement with respect to intellectual property assets. 

Partners for Growth 

On March 5, 2010, the Companies executed a $1,250,000 Loan and Security Agreement (the “Term Loan”) and a 
$750,000  Revolving  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  (the  “Revolving  Loan”)  with  Partners  for  Growth  II,  L.P. 
(“PFG”), (collectively the “Agreements”).   

The  Term  Loan  bore  interest  at  11.75%  per  annum  with  principal  due  in  36  equal  monthly  payments  of  $34,722 
beginning April 1, 2011 and continuing through March 1, 2014. At September 30, 2011, a balance of $642 thousand 
was outstanding on the Term Loan. In October 2011, the Company paid the remaining balance of the Term Loan.  

At  September  30,  2011,  the  Term  Loan  was  collateralized  by  substantially  all  the  Companies’  assets,  including 
intellectual property, subject to a first lien held by Silicon Valley Bank. The Term Loan required compliance with an 
adjusted quick ratio covenant of 1.75:1.00.  As of September 30, 2011, the Companies were in compliance with this 
covenant.   

Coincident with execution of the Agreements, the Company entered into a Warrant Purchase Agreement (“Purchase 
Agreement”) and a Warrant Agreement (“Warrant”) with PFG.  Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, 
PFG purchased a warrant to purchase up to 76,923 shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price of 
$6.25 per share, subject to certain adjustments, for a purchase price of $3,333.  A warrant to purchase 48,077 shares 
of common stock was immediately exercisable. PFG exercised 24,039 shares in November 2010 and the remaining 
24,038 shares in January 2011. Both such warrant exercise transactions were completed on a cashless basis resulting 
in  14,595  and  13,712  shares  issued,  respectively.    The  remaining  warrant  to  purchase  28,846  shares  of  common 
stock has expired. 

The  Company  valued  the  warrants  issued  pursuant  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  using  the  Black-Scholes  method 
assuming a 1) life of seven  years; 2) volatility factor of 86.9%; 3) risk free  interest rate of 1.38%.  The resulting 
value of the warrants, less $3,333 proceeds received from PFG, is treated as a debt discount and netted against the 
carrying  value  of  the  Term  Loan  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet.    The  discount  is  amortized  at  a  constant  rate 
applied to the outstanding balance of the Term Loan with a corresponding increase to non-cash interest expense.  At 
September 30, 2011 the remaining balance of the discount was $32 thousand. 

On June 28, 2011, the Companies entered into a Consent and Modification No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement 
(“Consent  and  Modification  Agreement”)  with  PFG.  Under  the  Consent  and  Modification  Agreement,  PFG 
consented  to  the  Companies  incurring  additional  indebtedness  to  Silicon  Valley  Bank,  provided  that  total 
outstanding term indebtedness owed to PFG and Silicon Valley Bank does not exceed $1,900,000.  

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

The annual principal payments on the term loans were as follows: 

Fiscal Year  (in thousands) 

2012 
2013 
2014 
Total 
Debt discount 
Net total 

4. 

Common Stock Warrants  

$       897         
492 
234 
    1,623 
(32) 
$    1,591 

The Company has issued restricted common stock purchase warrants to various consultants and other third parties. 
Each  warrant  represents  the  right  to  purchase  one  share  of  common  stock.  All  warrants  are  currently  exercisable.  
The  Company  did  not  grant  any  warrants  in  fiscal  2011  and  granted  48,077  warrants  in  fiscal  2010.    All  such 
warrants are either valued and expensed in full at the date of grant or valued at the date of grant and deferred over 
the term of the relevant contract for services. 

Exercise Prices 

September 30, 2011 

Expiration Date 

  Warrants Outstanding at 

$          23.50  
36.70-37.10 

750 
1,050 
1,800 

2012 
2011 to 2012 

5.  Stock Options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan  

On March 5, 2009, Stockholders approved adoption of the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”).  The 2009 
Plan, beginning October 1, 2009, replaced two former employee stock option plans that terminated coincident with 
the effectiveness of the 2009 Plan.  The Company also maintains a directors' stock option plan under which options 
may be issued to purchase up to an aggregate of 50,000 shares of common stock.  Each non-employee director, who 
is  re-elected  or  who  continues  as  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  on  each  annual  meeting  date  and  on  each 
subsequent meeting of Stockholders, will be granted options to purchase 2,000  shares of common stock under the 
directors’ plan, or at other times or amounts at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  

Each option entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock at the specified option price. The exercise 
price of each option granted under the plans was set at the fair market value of the Company's common stock at the 
respective  grant  date.  Options  vest  at  various  intervals  and  expire  at  the  earlier  of  termination  of  employment, 
discontinuance of service on the board of directors, ten years from the grant date or at such times as are set by the 
Company at the date of grant.  

Compensation cost for options will be recognized in earnings, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis 
over the requisite service period.  

The number of shares available for grant under these plans at September 30 is as follows:  

Qualified 
Employee 
Stock Option 
Plans 

Director 
Stock Option 
Plans 

Shares available for grant at September 30, 2009 

375,400 

30,000 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Options granted 
Options forfeited 
Shares available for grant at September 30, 2010 
Options granted 
Options forfeited 
Shares available for grant at September 30, 2011 

(52,250) 
4,150 
327,300 
(189,051) 
13,634 
151,883 

(10,500) 
– 
19,500 
(12,500) 
– 
7,000 

The following table summarizes information with respect to outstanding stock options.  

Years Ended September 30, 

2011 

2010 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

 $    10.98 
12.64 
10.08 
11.69 
 $    11.52 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Options 

766,615 
62,750 
(14,198)   
(50,449)   
764,718 
555,587 

  $    16.20 
6.63 
8.22 
85.41 
 $    10.98 

$       3.64 

Options 

764,718 
201,551 
(138,496) 
(42,226) 
785,547 
535,668 

$       5.39 

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited  
Outstanding at end of year 
Exercisable at end of year  
Weighted average fair value of options granted 

during the year 

The options outstanding at September 30, 2011 have been segregated into four ranges for additional disclosure as 
follows:  

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Options 
Outstanding at 
September 30, 
2011 
356,094 
253,119 
127,251 
49,083 
785,547 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
7.4 
5.5 
6.5 
5.0 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$   6.52 
12.71 
15.94 
32.65 

Options 
Exercisable at 
September 30, 
2011 
244,667 
147,193 
94,725 
49,083 
535,668 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$    6.19 
12.13 
16.19 
32.65 

Exercise Prices 
$     4.20 to $9.90 
10.10 to 14.83 
15.00 to 19.40 
20.80 to 46.90 

At  September  30,  2011,  there  was  $851  thousand  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  non-vested 
stock-based compensation, including $140 thousand of estimated forfeitures.  The cost is expected to be recognized 
over a weighted-average life of 2.2 years.   

A summary of the status of the company’s non-vested shares at September 30, 2011 and for the year then ended is 
presented below: 

Non-vested shares at October 1, 2010 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Non-vested shares at September 30, 2011 

62 

  Weighted Average 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 
$   4.28 
5.39 
4.88 
4.42 
$   5.05 

Shares 

209,131 
201,551 
(132,876) 
(27,927) 
249,879 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Stock-based  compensation  recorded  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2011  of  $707  thousand  was  allocated  $482 
thousand  to  selling  and  marketing  expenses,  $49  thousand  to  general  and  administrative  expenses  and  $176 
thousand to product development expenses.  Stock-based compensation recorded in the year ended September 30, 
2010 of $295 thousand was allocated $199 thousand to selling and marketing expenses, $21 thousand to general and 
administrative expenses and $75 thousand to product development expenses.  Cash received from exercises under all 
stock  option  plans  and  warrants  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2011  and  2010  was  $1.7  million  and  $38 
thousand, respectively.  There were no tax benefits realized for tax deductions from option exercises for the years 
ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. The Company currently expects to satisfy stock-based awards with registered 
shares available to be issued. 

The  Company  also  has  an  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (Purchase  Plan)  under  which  an  aggregate  of  100,000 
common  shares  may  be  issued.  The  Shareholders  approved  an  amendment  to  increase  the  number  of  shares  of 
common  stock  subject  to  the  plan  from  50,000  to  100,000 at  the  Company’s  annual  meeting  in  March  2011.  All 
employees who have completed 90 days of employment with the Company on the first day of each offering period 
and customarily work twenty hours per week or more are eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan. An employee 
who, after the grant of an option to purchase, would hold common stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase 
stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of the  Company  will not be eligible to 
participate.    Eligible  employees  may  make  contributions  through  payroll  deductions  of  up  to  10%  of  their 
compensation. No participant in the Purchase Plan is permitted to purchase common stock under the Purchase Plan 
if  such  option  would  permit  his  or  her  rights  to  purchase  stock  under  the  Purchase  Plan  to  accrue  at  a  rate  that 
exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such shares, or that exceeds 1,000 shares, for each calendar year.  The 
Company makes a bi-annual offering to eligible employees of options to purchase shares of common stock under the 
Purchase Plan on the first trading day of January and July.  Each offering period is for a period of six months from 
the  date  of  the  offering,  and  each  eligible  employee  as  of  the  date  of  offering  is  entitled  to  purchase  shares  of 
common stock at a purchase price equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of common stock on the first or 
last trading day of the offering period. A total of 50,418 shares are available to be issued under the plan.  Due to the 
timing of the increase of shares pursuant to the plan, the Company did not offer any shares for purchase during the 
six month period ending June 30, 2011. There were 5,405 and 17,053 shares purchased by employees during fiscal 
2011 and 2010, respectively.  The Company recorded stock compensation expense under this plan of $16 and $23 
thousand during fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. Cash received from issuance of stock under this plan was $32 
and $70 thousand during fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

6. 

Income Taxes  

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):  

Current tax benefit 
Deferred income tax expense  
Provision for income taxes 

Years Ended September 30, 

2011 

2010 

$         (29) 
240 
$         211 

$        (15) 
240  
$        225 

The reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate to income tax expense 
(benefit) is as follows (in thousands):  

Income tax expense (benefit) at U.S. statutory rate of 34% 
Federal income tax refundable research credit 
State income tax expense (benefit) 
Permanent differences, net 

63 

Years Ended September 30, 

2011 

2010 

$            (11) 
(29) 
(2) 
158 

  $             35 
(15) 
5 
13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Adjustment of temporary differences to income tax returns 
Change in valuation allowance 
Income tax expense 

212 
(117) 
$           211 

1,560 
(1,373) 
  $           225 

The significant components of the deferred tax accounts recognized for financial reporting purposes are as follows 
(in thousands):  

Deferred tax assets: 
Net operating loss and other carryforwards 
Common stock warrants 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Other 
Total deferred tax assets 

Valuation allowance 
Goodwill amortization 
Deferred tax liability for goodwill amortization 

September 30, 

2011 

2010 

$    34,444 
460 
35 
249 
35,188 

(35,188) 
(1,730) 
$    (1,730) 

  $    34,663 
398 
41 
203 
35,305 

(35,305) 
(1,490) 
  $    (1,490) 

At September 30, 2011, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $87  million for U.S. 
Federal  and  $51  million  for  state  tax  purposes.    For  Federal  tax  purposes,  the  carryforwards  expire  in  varying 
amounts  between  2018  and  2031.     For  State  tax  purposes,  the  carryforwards  expire  in  varying  amounts  between 
2013 and 2030.  Utilization of the Company’s net operating loss may be subject to substantial annual limitation due 
to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue  Code and similar state provisions. Such an 
annual limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards before utilization.  In addition, 
the Company has research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $500 thousand, which expire 
in varying amounts between 2017 and 2020.   

Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax basis of assets 
and liabilities, and are measured using currently enacted tax rates and laws. Deferred income taxes also arise from the 
future benefits of net operating loss carryforwards. A valuation allowance equal to 100% of the net deferred tax assets 
has been recognized due to uncertainty regarding future realization. 

Beginning with an acquisition in fiscal year 2002, the Company has amortized Goodwill for tax purposes over a 15 
year life.  Goodwill is not amortized for book purposes.   Annual impairment tests are performed for book purposes 
and the balance of goodwill is to be written down if impairment occurs.  The impairment tests have not indicated 
any goodwill impairment.   

The difference between the book and tax balance of Goodwill creates a Deferred Tax Liability and an annual tax 
expense.    Because  of  the  long  term  nature  of  the  goodwill  timing  difference,  tax  planning  strategies  cannot  be 
applied related to the Deferred Tax Liability. The balance of the Deferred Tax Liability at September 30, 2011 was 
$1.73 million and $1.49 million at September 30, 2010. 

In accordance with accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes, the Company has concluded that a reserve 
for  income  tax  contingencies  is  not  necessary.    The  Company's  practice  is  to  recognize  interest  and/or  penalties 
related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had no accruals for interest and penalties on the 
Company's  consolidated  balance  sheets  at  September  30,  2011  and  2010,  and  has  not  recognized  any  interest  or 
penalties  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2011  or  2010.  The 
Company’s tax rate differs from the expected tax rate each reporting period as a result of the aforementioned items. 

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various state jurisdictions. All of the Company's tax years are 
subject  to  examination  by  the  U.S.  and  state  tax  authorities  due  to  the  carryforward  of  unutilized  net  operating 
losses. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

7.  Savings Plan  

The  Company's  defined  contribution  401(k)  savings  plan  covers  substantially  all  employees  meeting  certain 
minimum  eligibility  requirements.  Participating  employees  can  elect  to  defer  a  portion  of  their  compensation  and 
contribute it to the plan on a pretax basis. The Company may also match certain amounts and/or provide additional 
discretionary  contributions,  as  defined.  The  Company  made  matching  contributions  of  $229  and  $66  thousand 
during  the  years  ended  September  30,  2011  and  2010,  respectively.  The  Company  suspended  the  matching 
contribution for the 2010 calendar year. The Company made no additional discretionary contributions during 2011 
and 2010.  

8.  Related-Party Transactions 

The  Company  incurred  fees  of  $220  and  $244  thousand  during  the  years  ended  September  30,  2011  and  2010, 
respectively, to a law firm whose partner is a director and stockholder of the Company.  The Company had accrued 
liabilities  for  unbilled  services  to  the  same  law  firm  of  $50  and  $54  thousand  at  September  30,  2011  and  2010, 
respectively. 

The  Company  recorded  Mediasite  product  and  customer  support  revenue  related  to  $861  and  $566  thousand  of 
billings  during  the  years  ended  September  30,  2011  and  2010  to  Mediasite  KK,  a  Japanese  reseller  in  which  the 
Company  has  an  equity  interest.    Mediasite  KK  owed  the  Company  $241  and  $63  thousand  on  such  billings  at 
September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  The Company accounts for its investment in Mediasite KK under the 
equity method.  The recorded value at September 30, 2011 and 2010 is zero.   

During the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had a loan outstanding to an executive totaling 
$26 thousand.  The loan is collateralized by Company stock. 

9.  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  

Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but, instead, tested at least annually 
for impairment.  The Company assesses the impairment of goodwill on an annual basis or whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the fair value of these assets is less than the carrying value. 

If the Company determines that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value, based upon the annual test or the 
existence of impairment, the Company would then measure impairment based on a comparison of the implied fair value 
of  goodwill  with  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill. To  the  extent  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill  is  greater  than  the 
implied fair value of goodwill, an impairment charge for the difference would be recorded. The Company performed its 
annual  goodwill  impairment  test  as  of  July  1,  2011  and  tested  goodwill  recognized  in  connection  with  the 
acquisition of Mediasite and determined it was not impaired.   

The following tables present details of the Company’s total intangible assets at September 30, 2011 and 2010: 

(in thousands) 

Amortizable: 
  Loan origination fees 

Life 
(years) 

Gross 

  Accumulated 

Amortization at 
September 30, 
2011 

Balance at 
September 30, 
2011 

3 

  $         175 
175 

  $         137   
137 

$           38 
        38 

7,576  
$      7,614 

Non-amortizable goodwill 
Total 

  7,576 
    $      7,751 

       - 
  $         137 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

Life 
(years) 

Gross 

  Accumulated 

Amortization at  
September 30, 
2010 

Balance at 
September 30, 
2010 

3 

  $         155 
155 

  $          71   
71 

  7,576 
    $      7,731 

       - 
  $          71 

$           84 
        84 

7,576  
$      7,660 

(in thousands) 

Amortizable: 
  Loan origination fees 

Non-amortizable goodwill 

Total 

10. 

Segment Information 

The  Company  has  determined  that  it  operates  in  only  one  segment  as  it  does  not  disaggregate  profit  and  loss 
information on a segment basis for internal management reporting purposes to its chief operating decision maker. 

The Company’s long-lived assets maintained outside the United States are insignificant. 

The following summarizes revenue by geographic region (in thousands): 

United States 
Europe and Middle East 
Asia 
Other 

Total 

11.  Customer Concentration 

Years Ended September 30, 

2011 

2010 

$   19,231 
3,311 
1,161 
1,519 
$   25,222 

$   16,559 
1,929 
875 
1,113 
$   20,476 

In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, two distributors represented 50% and 54% of total revenue. 
At  September 30, 2011 and 2010, these two distributors represented 68% and 57%, respectively of total accounts 
receivable. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

12.  Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)  

The following table sets forth selected quarterly financial information for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 
2010. The operating results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.   

(in thousands except 
per share data) 

Revenue 
Gross margin 
Gain (loss) from 
operations 

Net income (loss) 
Basic and diluted net 
income (loss) per 
share  

Quarterly Financial Data 

Q4-’11*  Q3-’11 

Q2-’11 

Q1-’11 

Q4-’10  Q3-’10 

Q2-’10 

Q1-’10 

$ 6,677 
4,852 

$ 7,090 
4,928 

$ 5,525 
3,870 

$ 5,930 
4,261 

$ 5,439 
4,070 

$ 5,626 
4,183 

$ 4,909 
3,676 

$ 4,502 
3,482 

(277) 
(406) 

361 
212 

(152) 
(272) 

346 
223 

236 
126 

330 
203 

(43) 
(131) 

(250) 
(320) 

$   (0.11) 

$    0.06 

$  (0.07) 

$   0.06 

$    0.03 

$    0.06 

$  (0.04) 

$ (0.09) 

*  During  Q4-‘11,  the  company  recognized  $528  thousand  of  expense  due  to  executive  severance  compensation 
triggered by the resignations of Rimas Buinevicius, former Executive Chairman of the Board, and Monty Schmidt, 
former Chief Technology Officer. 

13.  Subsequent Events 

In October 2011, the Company paid the remaining balance of the Partners for Growth Term Loan. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING 
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  

Not applicable.  

ITEM 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Based on evaluations as of the end of the period covered by this report, our principal executive officer and principal 
financial  officer,  with  the  participation  of  our  management  team,  have  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e), and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act) were effective. 

Limitations on the effectiveness of Controls and Permitted Omission from Management’s Assessment 

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.    All  internal  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  have  inherent 
limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls.  Accordingly, 
even  effective  internal  controls  can  only  provide  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  financial  statement 
preparation.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls 
may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, 
as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and 
principal  financial  officer,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

Based  on  this  evaluation,  our  management  believes  that,  as  of  September  30,  2011,  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.   

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

During  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  we  have  not  made  any  change  to  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting. 

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

PART III 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K with respect to directors and executive officers is incorporated 
herein by reference to the information contained in the section entitled “Proposal One:  Election of Directors” and 
“Executive  Officers  of  Sonic”,  respectively,  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the Company’s 2011 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed no later than January 28, 2012 (the “Proxy Statement”). 

Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  calls  for  disclosure  of  any  known  late  filings  or  failure  by  an  insider  to  file  a  report 
required by Section 16(a) of the Securities Act.  This information is contained in the Section entitled “Section 16(a) 
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 401 of Regulation S-K calls for disclosure of whether or not the Company has a financial expert serving on the 
audit  committee  of  its  Board  of  Directors,  and  if  so  who  that  individual  is.    This  information  is  contained  in  the 
Section  entitled  “Meetings  and  Committees  of  Directors”  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference. 

Item  407  of  Regulation  S-K  calls  for  disclosure  of  whether  or  not  the  Company  has  an  audit  committee  and  a 
financial expert serving on the audit committee of the Board of Directors, and if so, who that individual is.  Item 407 
also requires disclosure regarding the Company’s nominating committee and the director nomination process.  This 
information is contained in the section entitled “Meetings and Committees of Directors” in the Proxy Statement and 
is incorporated herein by reference. 

Sonic Foundry has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all officers and employees, including Sonic Foundry’s 
principal  executive  officer,  its  principal  financial  officer,  and  persons  performing  similar  functions.    This  code of 
ethics is available, without charge, to any investor who requests it.  Request should be addressed in writing to Mr. 
Kenneth A. Minor, Corporate Secretary, 222 West Washington Avenue, Madison, Wisconsin 53703. 

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained 
in  the  sections  entitled  “Directors  Compensation”,  “Executive  Compensation  and  Related  Information”  and 
“Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained 
in  the  sections  entitled  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  in  the  Proxy 
Statement.  Information related to equity compensation plans is set forth in Item 5 herein. 

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS , AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained 
in the section entitled “Certain Transactions”  and “Meetings and Committees of Directors” in the Proxy Statement. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sonic Foundry, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011 

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by Item 14 of Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained 
in  the  section  entitled  “Ratification  of  Appointment  of  Independent  Auditors  –  Fiscal  2010  and  2011  Audit  Fee 
Summary” in the Proxy Statement. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
©2012 Sonic Foundry, Inc. All rights reserved.  
Sonic Foundry and the Sonic Foundry logo are registered  
trademarks of Sonic Foundry, Inc. Mediasite and the Mediasite  
logo are registered trademarks of Sonic Foundry, Inc.  
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.